xref: /freebsd/contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp (revision 9f23cbd6cae82fd77edfad7173432fa8dccd0a95)
1 //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file defines the code-completion semantic actions.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h"
13 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/Type.h"
26 #include "clang/Basic/AttributeCommonInfo.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
53 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
54 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
55 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
56 
57 #include <list>
58 #include <map>
59 #include <optional>
60 #include <string>
61 #include <vector>
62 
63 using namespace clang;
64 using namespace sema;
65 
66 namespace {
67 /// A container of code-completion results.
68 class ResultBuilder {
69 public:
70   /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the
71   /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in
72   /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be
73   /// filtered out (returns false).
74   typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const;
75 
76   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
77 
78 private:
79   /// The actual results we have found.
80   std::vector<Result> Results;
81 
82   /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed
83   /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into
84   /// the result set twice.
85   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound;
86 
87   typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair;
88 
89   /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store
90   /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but
91   /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings.
92   class ShadowMapEntry {
93     typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector;
94 
95     /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector
96     /// of (declaration, index) pairs.
97     llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector;
98 
99     /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is
100     /// the index associated with that entry.
101     unsigned SingleDeclIndex;
102 
103   public:
104     ShadowMapEntry() : SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
105     ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
106     ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); }
107     ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
108     ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) {
109       SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex;
110       DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector;
111       Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr;
112       return *this;
113     }
114 
115     void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) {
116       if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) {
117         // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information.
118         DeclOrVector = ND;
119         SingleDeclIndex = Index;
120         return;
121       }
122 
123       if (const NamedDecl *PrevND =
124               DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) {
125         // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the
126         // existing declaration.
127         DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector;
128         Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex));
129         DeclOrVector = Vec;
130       }
131 
132       // Add the new element to the end of the vector.
133       DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back(
134           DeclIndexPair(ND, Index));
135     }
136 
137     ~ShadowMapEntry() {
138       if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec =
139               DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) {
140         delete Vec;
141         DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr);
142       }
143     }
144 
145     // Iteration.
146     class iterator;
147     iterator begin() const;
148     iterator end() const;
149   };
150 
151   /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
152   /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of
153   /// results.
154   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
155 
156   /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being
157   /// produced.
158   Sema &SemaRef;
159 
160   /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings.
161   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
162 
163   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo;
164 
165   /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion
166   /// results that are not desirable.
167   LookupFilter Filter;
168 
169   /// Whether we should allow declarations as
170   /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out.
171   bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers;
172 
173   /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value
174   /// declarations to have.
175   ///
176   /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's
177   /// priority.
178   CanQualType PreferredType;
179 
180   /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at
181   /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy.
182   std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
183 
184   /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup.
185   /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another.
186   llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry>
187       OverloadMap;
188 
189   /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set
190   /// of qualifiers applied to the object type.
191   Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers;
192   /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads.
193   ExprValueKind ObjectKind;
194 
195   /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active.
196   bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers;
197 
198   /// The selector that we prefer.
199   Selector PreferredSelector;
200 
201   /// The completion context in which we are gathering results.
202   CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext;
203 
204   /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation
205   /// object.
206   ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation;
207 
208   void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R);
209 
210   void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R);
211 
212 public:
213   explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
214                          CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
215                          const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext,
216                          LookupFilter Filter = nullptr)
217       : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo),
218         Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false),
219         HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext),
220         ObjCImplementation(nullptr) {
221     // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the
222     // corresponding implementation.
223     switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) {
224     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression:
225     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver:
226     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
227     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement:
228     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery:
229       if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
230         if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
231           if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface())
232             ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation();
233       break;
234 
235     default:
236       break;
237     }
238   }
239 
240   /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration.
241   unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D);
242 
243   /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion
244   /// results.
245   bool includeCodePatterns() const {
246     return SemaRef.CodeCompleter &&
247            SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns();
248   }
249 
250   /// Set the filter used for code-completion results.
251   void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; }
252 
253   Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); }
254   unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); }
255   bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); }
256 
257   /// Specify the preferred type.
258   void setPreferredType(QualType T) {
259     PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
260   }
261 
262   /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering
263   /// calls to member functions.
264   ///
265   /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter
266   /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a
267   /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier
268   /// match.
269   void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) {
270     ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals;
271     ObjectKind = Kind;
272     HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true;
273   }
274 
275   /// Set the preferred selector.
276   ///
277   /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that
278   /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method
279   /// a slight priority boost.
280   void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; }
281 
282   /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are
283   /// being collected.
284   const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const {
285     return CompletionContext;
286   }
287 
288   /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed.
289   void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) {
290     AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow;
291   }
292 
293   /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting
294   /// code completion results.
295   Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; }
296 
297   /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings.
298   CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; }
299 
300   CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; }
301 
302   /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting
303   /// as a code-completion result.
304   ///
305   /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting.
306   ///
307   /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is
308   /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier.
309   bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
310                          bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const;
311 
312   /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration.
313   ///
314   /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if
315   /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be
316   /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra
317   /// qualification).
318   bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
319                          const NamedDecl *Hiding);
320 
321   /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one
322   /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a
323   /// redeclaration).
324   ///
325   /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
326   ///
327   /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
328   void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr);
329 
330   /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know
331   /// the hiding declaration (if any).
332   ///
333   /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
334   ///
335   /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
336   ///
337   /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result.
338   ///
339   /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base
340   /// class of the searched context.
341   void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding,
342                  bool InBaseClass);
343 
344   /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set.
345   void AddResult(Result R);
346 
347   /// Enter into a new scope.
348   void EnterNewScope();
349 
350   /// Exit from the current scope.
351   void ExitScope();
352 
353   /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again.
354   void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); }
355 
356   /// Add a visited context.
357   void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
358     CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
359   }
360 
361   /// \name Name lookup predicates
362   ///
363   /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the
364   /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that
365   ///
366   //@{
367   bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
368   bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
369   bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
370   bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
371   bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
372   bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
373   bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
374   bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
375   bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
376   bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
377   bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
378   bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
379   bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
380   bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
381   bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
382   bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
383   bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
384   //@}
385 };
386 } // namespace
387 
388 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
389   if (!Enabled)
390     return;
391   if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
392     if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) {
393       ComputeType = nullptr;
394       Type = BSI->ReturnType;
395       ExpectedLoc = Tok;
396     }
397   } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
398     ComputeType = nullptr;
399     Type = Function->getReturnType();
400     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
401   } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
402     ComputeType = nullptr;
403     Type = Method->getReturnType();
404     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
405   }
406 }
407 
408 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) {
409   if (!Enabled)
410     return;
411   auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
412   ComputeType = nullptr;
413   Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType();
414   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
415 }
416 
417 static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig);
418 
419 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok,
420                                                       QualType BaseType,
421                                                       const Designation &D) {
422   if (!Enabled)
423     return;
424   ComputeType = nullptr;
425   Type = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
426   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
427 }
428 
429 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument(
430     SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) {
431   if (!Enabled)
432     return;
433   this->ComputeType = ComputeType;
434   Type = QualType();
435   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
436 }
437 
438 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok,
439                                           SourceLocation LParLoc) {
440   if (!Enabled)
441     return;
442   // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change.
443   if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc)
444     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
445 }
446 
447 static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS,
448                                             tok::TokenKind Op) {
449   if (!LHS)
450     return QualType();
451 
452   QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
453   if (LHSType->isPointerType()) {
454     if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal)
455       return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType();
456     // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer.
457     if (Op == tok::minus)
458       return LHSType;
459   }
460 
461   switch (Op) {
462   // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS.
463   case tok::comma:
464     return QualType();
465   // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these.
466   // Arithmetic operations.
467   case tok::plus:
468   case tok::plusequal:
469   case tok::minus:
470   case tok::minusequal:
471   case tok::percent:
472   case tok::percentequal:
473   case tok::slash:
474   case tok::slashequal:
475   case tok::star:
476   case tok::starequal:
477   // Assignment.
478   case tok::equal:
479   // Comparison operators.
480   case tok::equalequal:
481   case tok::exclaimequal:
482   case tok::less:
483   case tok::lessequal:
484   case tok::greater:
485   case tok::greaterequal:
486   case tok::spaceship:
487     return LHS->getType();
488   // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those.
489   case tok::greatergreater:
490   case tok::greatergreaterequal:
491   case tok::lessless:
492   case tok::lesslessequal:
493     if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
494       return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
495     return QualType();
496   // Logical operators, assume we want bool.
497   case tok::ampamp:
498   case tok::pipepipe:
499   case tok::caretcaret:
500     return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
501   // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type
502   // of the left argument.
503   case tok::pipe:
504   case tok::pipeequal:
505   case tok::caret:
506   case tok::caretequal:
507   case tok::amp:
508   case tok::ampequal:
509     if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
510       return LHSType;
511     return QualType();
512   // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give
513   // any particular type here.
514   case tok::periodstar:
515   case tok::arrowstar:
516     return QualType();
517   default:
518     // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion.
519     // assert(false && "unhandled binary op");
520     return QualType();
521   }
522 }
523 
524 /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is
525 /// preferred type of the whole unary expression.
526 static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType,
527                                            tok::TokenKind Op) {
528   switch (Op) {
529   case tok::exclaim:
530     return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
531   case tok::amp:
532     if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType())
533       return ContextType->getPointeeType();
534     return QualType();
535   case tok::star:
536     if (ContextType.isNull())
537       return QualType();
538     return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType());
539   case tok::plus:
540   case tok::minus:
541   case tok::tilde:
542   case tok::minusminus:
543   case tok::plusplus:
544     if (ContextType.isNull())
545       return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
546     // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type.
547     return ContextType;
548   case tok::kw___real:
549   case tok::kw___imag:
550     return QualType();
551   default:
552     assert(false && "unhandled unary op");
553     return QualType();
554   }
555 }
556 
557 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS,
558                                        tok::TokenKind Op) {
559   if (!Enabled)
560     return;
561   ComputeType = nullptr;
562   Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op);
563   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
564 }
565 
566 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
567                                           Expr *Base) {
568   if (!Enabled || !Base)
569     return;
570   // Do we have expected type for Base?
571   if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc())
572     return;
573   // Keep the expected type, only update the location.
574   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
575 }
576 
577 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
578                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
579                                       SourceLocation OpLoc) {
580   if (!Enabled)
581     return;
582   ComputeType = nullptr;
583   Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind);
584   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
585 }
586 
587 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
588                                           Expr *LHS) {
589   if (!Enabled)
590     return;
591   ComputeType = nullptr;
592   Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy;
593   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
594 }
595 
596 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok,
597                                          QualType CastType) {
598   if (!Enabled)
599     return;
600   ComputeType = nullptr;
601   Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType();
602   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
603 }
604 
605 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
606   if (!Enabled)
607     return;
608   ComputeType = nullptr;
609   Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
610   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
611 }
612 
613 class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator {
614   llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator;
615   unsigned SingleDeclIndex;
616 
617 public:
618   typedef DeclIndexPair value_type;
619   typedef value_type reference;
620   typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
621   typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category;
622 
623   class pointer {
624     DeclIndexPair Value;
625 
626   public:
627     pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {}
628 
629     const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; }
630   };
631 
632   iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
633 
634   iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index)
635       : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {}
636 
637   iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator)
638       : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
639 
640   iterator &operator++() {
641     if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) {
642       DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr;
643       SingleDeclIndex = 0;
644       return *this;
645     }
646 
647     const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
648     ++I;
649     DeclOrIterator = I;
650     return *this;
651   }
652 
653   /*iterator operator++(int) {
654     iterator tmp(*this);
655     ++(*this);
656     return tmp;
657   }*/
658 
659   reference operator*() const {
660     if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
661       return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex);
662 
663     return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
664   }
665 
666   pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); }
667 
668   friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
669     return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() ==
670                Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() &&
671            X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex;
672   }
673 
674   friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
675     return !(X == Y);
676   }
677 };
678 
679 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
680 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const {
681   if (DeclOrVector.isNull())
682     return iterator();
683 
684   if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
685     return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex);
686 
687   return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin());
688 }
689 
690 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
691 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const {
692   if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull())
693     return iterator();
694 
695   return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end());
696 }
697 
698 /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context
699 /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext).
700 ///
701 /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used.
702 ///
703 /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is
704 /// typically based on the current scope.
705 ///
706 /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually
707 /// resides.
708 ///
709 /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or
710 /// NULL if no qualification is needed.
711 static NestedNameSpecifier *
712 getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext,
713                          const DeclContext *TargetContext) {
714   SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents;
715 
716   for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext;
717        CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext);
718        CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) {
719     if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() ||
720         CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod())
721       continue;
722 
723     TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor);
724   }
725 
726   NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr;
727   while (!TargetParents.empty()) {
728     const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val();
729 
730     if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) {
731       if (!Namespace->getIdentifier())
732         continue;
733 
734       Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace);
735     } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent))
736       Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
737           Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr());
738   }
739   return Result;
740 }
741 
742 // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show.
743 // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a
744 // system header.
745 static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) {
746   ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = ND->isReserved(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
747   // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls.
748   if (isReservedInAllContexts(Status) && ND->getLocation().isInvalid())
749     return true;
750 
751   // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names.
752   // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single
753   // underscore.
754   if (Status == ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithDoubleUnderscore &&
755       SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(
756           SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation())))
757     return true;
758 
759   return false;
760 }
761 
762 bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
763                                       bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const {
764   AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
765 
766   auto *Named = ND;
767   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
768 
769   // Skip unnamed entities.
770   if (!ND->getDeclName())
771     return false;
772 
773   // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never
774   // added as results.
775   if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared)
776     return false;
777 
778   // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results.
779   if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) ||
780       isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND))
781     return false;
782 
783   // Using declarations themselves are never added as results.
784   if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
785     return false;
786 
787   if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef))
788     return false;
789 
790   if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier ||
791       (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace &&
792        Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr))
793     AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
794 
795   // Filter out any unwanted results.
796   if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) {
797     // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier.
798     if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
799         IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) &&
800         (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember ||
801          (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) &&
802           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) {
803       AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
804       return true;
805     }
806 
807     return false;
808   }
809   // ... then it must be interesting!
810   return true;
811 }
812 
813 bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
814                                       const NamedDecl *Hiding) {
815   // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name.
816   // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary
817   // name if we introduce the tag type.
818   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
819     return true;
820 
821   const DeclContext *HiddenCtx =
822       R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
823 
824   // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method.
825   if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod())
826     return true;
827 
828   if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())
829     return true;
830 
831   // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it.
832   R.Hidden = true;
833   R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
834 
835   if (!R.Qualifier)
836     R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext,
837                                            R.Declaration->getDeclContext());
838   return false;
839 }
840 
841 /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two
842 /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities.
843 SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) {
844   switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
845   case Type::Builtin:
846     switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
847     case BuiltinType::Void:
848       return STC_Void;
849 
850     case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
851       return STC_Pointer;
852 
853     case BuiltinType::Overload:
854     case BuiltinType::Dependent:
855       return STC_Other;
856 
857     case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
858     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
859     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
860       return STC_ObjectiveC;
861 
862     default:
863       return STC_Arithmetic;
864     }
865 
866   case Type::Complex:
867     return STC_Arithmetic;
868 
869   case Type::Pointer:
870     return STC_Pointer;
871 
872   case Type::BlockPointer:
873     return STC_Block;
874 
875   case Type::LValueReference:
876   case Type::RValueReference:
877     return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType());
878 
879   case Type::ConstantArray:
880   case Type::IncompleteArray:
881   case Type::VariableArray:
882   case Type::DependentSizedArray:
883     return STC_Array;
884 
885   case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
886   case Type::Vector:
887   case Type::ExtVector:
888     return STC_Arithmetic;
889 
890   case Type::FunctionProto:
891   case Type::FunctionNoProto:
892     return STC_Function;
893 
894   case Type::Record:
895     return STC_Record;
896 
897   case Type::Enum:
898     return STC_Arithmetic;
899 
900   case Type::ObjCObject:
901   case Type::ObjCInterface:
902   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
903     return STC_ObjectiveC;
904 
905   default:
906     return STC_Other;
907   }
908 }
909 
910 /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration
911 /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form.
912 QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) {
913   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
914 
915   if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND))
916     return C.getTypeDeclType(Type);
917   if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))
918     return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface);
919 
920   QualType T;
921   if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
922     T = Function->getCallResultType();
923   else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
924     T = Method->getSendResultType();
925   else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
926     T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
927   else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND))
928     T = Property->getType();
929   else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND))
930     T = Value->getType();
931 
932   if (T.isNull())
933     return QualType();
934 
935   // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to
936   // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is
937   // used.
938   do {
939     if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
940       T = Ref->getPointeeType();
941       continue;
942     }
943 
944     if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
945       if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
946         T = Pointer->getPointeeType();
947         continue;
948       }
949 
950       break;
951     }
952 
953     if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
954       T = Block->getPointeeType();
955       continue;
956     }
957 
958     if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
959       T = Function->getReturnType();
960       continue;
961     }
962 
963     break;
964   } while (true);
965 
966   return T;
967 }
968 
969 unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) {
970   if (!ND)
971     return CCP_Unlikely;
972 
973   // Context-based decisions.
974   const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext();
975   if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
976     // _cmd is relatively rare
977     if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND))
978       if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() &&
979           ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd"))
980         return CCP_ObjC_cmd;
981 
982     return CCP_LocalDeclaration;
983   }
984 
985   const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
986   if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) {
987     // Explicit destructor calls are very rare.
988     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND))
989       return CCP_Unlikely;
990     // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare.
991     auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind();
992     if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
993         DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
994         DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
995       return CCP_Unlikely;
996     return CCP_MemberDeclaration;
997   }
998 
999   // Content-based decisions.
1000   if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
1001     return CCP_Constant;
1002 
1003   // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C
1004   // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as
1005   // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations.
1006   if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
1007       !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement ||
1008         CompletionContext.getKind() ==
1009             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver ||
1010         CompletionContext.getKind() ==
1011             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression))
1012     return CCP_Type;
1013 
1014   return CCP_Declaration;
1015 }
1016 
1017 void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) {
1018   // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our
1019   // preferred selector, give it a priority boost.
1020   if (!PreferredSelector.isNull())
1021     if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
1022       if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector())
1023         R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch;
1024 
1025   // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly-
1026   // matching or nearly-matching types.
1027   if (!PreferredType.isNull()) {
1028     QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration);
1029     if (!T.isNull()) {
1030       CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
1031       // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers).
1032       if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC))
1033         R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch;
1034       // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each.
1035       else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) ==
1036                 getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) &&
1037                !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType()))
1038         R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
1039     }
1040   }
1041 }
1042 
1043 static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context,
1044                                                   const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
1045   QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
1046   DeclarationName ConstructorName =
1047       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1048           Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy));
1049   return Record->lookup(ConstructorName);
1050 }
1051 
1052 void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) {
1053   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration ||
1054       !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults())
1055     return;
1056 
1057   const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration;
1058   const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1059   if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D))
1060     Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1061   else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) {
1062     // Skip specializations and partial specializations.
1063     if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record))
1064       return;
1065   } else {
1066     // There are no constructors here.
1067     return;
1068   }
1069 
1070   Record = Record->getDefinition();
1071   if (!Record)
1072     return;
1073 
1074   for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) {
1075     R.Declaration = Ctor;
1076     R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration);
1077     Results.push_back(R);
1078   }
1079 }
1080 
1081 static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) {
1082   if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
1083     ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
1084   return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
1085 }
1086 
1087 void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) {
1088   assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope");
1089 
1090   if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
1091     // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
1092     Results.push_back(R);
1093     return;
1094   }
1095 
1096   // Look through using declarations.
1097   if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
1098     CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
1099                                 getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
1100                                 R.Qualifier, false,
1101                                 (R.Availability == CXAvailability_Available ||
1102                                  R.Availability == CXAvailability_Deprecated),
1103                                 std::move(R.FixIts));
1104     Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
1105     MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext);
1106     return;
1107   }
1108 
1109   const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl();
1110   unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace();
1111 
1112   bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
1113   if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
1114     return;
1115 
1116   // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
1117   if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
1118     return;
1119 
1120   ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back();
1121   ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
1122   ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
1123   if (NamePos != SMap.end()) {
1124     I = NamePos->second.begin();
1125     IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
1126   }
1127 
1128   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1129     const NamedDecl *ND = I->first;
1130     unsigned Index = I->second;
1131     if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) {
1132       // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration.
1133       Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration;
1134 
1135       // We're done.
1136       return;
1137     }
1138   }
1139 
1140   // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this
1141   // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer
1142   // scope.
1143   std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end();
1144   --SMEnd;
1145   for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
1146     ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
1147     ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
1148     if (NamePos != SM->end()) {
1149       I = NamePos->second.begin();
1150       IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
1151     }
1152     for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1153       // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
1154       if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
1155           (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
1156                    Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
1157         continue;
1158 
1159       // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
1160       if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) ||
1161            (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
1162           I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
1163         continue;
1164 
1165       // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map.
1166       if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first))
1167         return;
1168 
1169       break;
1170     }
1171   }
1172 
1173   // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
1174   if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second)
1175     return;
1176 
1177   // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
1178   // nested-name-specifier.
1179   if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1180     R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
1181     R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
1182   } else
1183     AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);
1184 
1185   // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
1186   if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
1187       !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1188     const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
1189     if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
1190       R.Qualifier =
1191           NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
1192     else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
1193       R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
1194           SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
1195           SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
1196     else
1197       R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
1198   }
1199 
1200   // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow
1201   // map.
1202   SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size());
1203   Results.push_back(R);
1204 
1205   if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
1206     MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1207 }
1208 
1209 static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) {
1210   R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass;
1211   R.InBaseClass = true;
1212 }
1213 
1214 enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated };
1215 // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent?
1216 // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is
1217 // always called, BothViable if either may be called depending on arguments.
1218 // Precondition: must actually be overloads!
1219 static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate,
1220                                         const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent,
1221                                         const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals,
1222                                         ExprValueKind ObjectKind) {
1223   // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere.
1224   if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext())
1225     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1226   if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() ||
1227       Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() ||
1228       Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() !=
1229           Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments())
1230     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1231   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I)
1232     if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() !=
1233         Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType())
1234       return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1235   if (!Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>().empty() ||
1236       !Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>().empty())
1237     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1238   // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on
1239   // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere).
1240   RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier();
1241   RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier();
1242   if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) {
1243     // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier
1244     // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code).
1245 
1246     // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to
1247     // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare).
1248     if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue)
1249       return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
1250                                        : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
1251   }
1252   // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state).
1253   // So make some decision based on the qualifiers.
1254   Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers();
1255   Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers();
1256   bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual);
1257   bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual);
1258   if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset)
1259     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1260   return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
1261                            : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
1262 }
1263 
1264 void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext,
1265                               NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) {
1266   if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
1267     // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
1268     Results.push_back(R);
1269     return;
1270   }
1271 
1272   // Look through using declarations.
1273   if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
1274     CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
1275                                 getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
1276                                 R.Qualifier, false,
1277                                 (R.Availability == CXAvailability_Available ||
1278                                  R.Availability == CXAvailability_Deprecated),
1279                                 std::move(R.FixIts));
1280     Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
1281     AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding);
1282     return;
1283   }
1284 
1285   bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
1286   if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
1287     return;
1288 
1289   // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
1290   if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
1291     return;
1292 
1293   if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding))
1294     return;
1295 
1296   // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
1297   if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second)
1298     return;
1299 
1300   // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
1301   // nested-name-specifier.
1302   if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1303     R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
1304     R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
1305   } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier &&
1306              InBaseClass &&
1307              isa<CXXRecordDecl>(
1308                  R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1309     R.QualifierIsInformative = true;
1310 
1311   // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
1312   if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
1313       !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1314     const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
1315     if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
1316       R.Qualifier =
1317           NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
1318     else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
1319       R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
1320           SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
1321           SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
1322     else
1323       R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
1324   }
1325 
1326   // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class.
1327   if (InBaseClass)
1328     setInBaseClass(R);
1329 
1330   AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);
1331 
1332   if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers)
1333     if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
1334       if (Method->isInstance()) {
1335         Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers();
1336         if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals)
1337           R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch;
1338         else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) {
1339           // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop
1340           // qualifiers.
1341           return;
1342         }
1343         // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked.
1344         switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) {
1345           case RQ_LValue:
1346             if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst())
1347               return;
1348             break;
1349           case RQ_RValue:
1350             if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue)
1351               return;
1352             break;
1353           case RQ_None:
1354             break;
1355         }
1356 
1357         /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should
1358         /// be suppressed (or vice versa).
1359         /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin().
1360         auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair(
1361             CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())];
1362         for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) {
1363           Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second];
1364           switch (compareOverloads(*Method,
1365                                    *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration),
1366                                    ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) {
1367           case OverloadCompare::Dominates:
1368             // Replace the dominated overload with this one.
1369             // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we
1370             // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case.
1371             Incumbent = std::move(R);
1372             return;
1373           case OverloadCompare::Dominated:
1374             // This overload can't be called, drop it.
1375             return;
1376           case OverloadCompare::BothViable:
1377             break;
1378           }
1379         }
1380         OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size());
1381       }
1382 
1383   // When completing a non-static member function (and not via
1384   // dot/arrow member access) and we're not inside that class' scope,
1385   // it can't be a call.
1386   if (CompletionContext.getKind() == clang::CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol) {
1387     const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.getDeclaration());
1388     if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) {
1389       // Find the class scope that we're currently in.
1390       // We could e.g. be inside a lambda, so walk up the DeclContext until we
1391       // find a CXXMethodDecl.
1392       const auto *CurrentClassScope = [&]() -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
1393         for (DeclContext *Ctx = SemaRef.CurContext; Ctx;
1394              Ctx = Ctx->getParent()) {
1395           const auto *CtxMethod = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Ctx);
1396           if (CtxMethod && !CtxMethod->getParent()->isLambda()) {
1397             return CtxMethod->getParent();
1398           }
1399         }
1400         return nullptr;
1401       }();
1402 
1403       R.FunctionCanBeCall =
1404           CurrentClassScope &&
1405           (CurrentClassScope == Method->getParent() ||
1406            CurrentClassScope->isDerivedFrom(Method->getParent()));
1407     }
1408   }
1409 
1410   // Insert this result into the set of results.
1411   Results.push_back(R);
1412 
1413   if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
1414     MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1415 }
1416 
1417 void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) {
1418   assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration &&
1419          "Declaration results need more context");
1420   Results.push_back(R);
1421 }
1422 
1423 /// Enter into a new scope.
1424 void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); }
1425 
1426 /// Exit from the current scope.
1427 void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() {
1428   ShadowMaps.pop_back();
1429 }
1430 
1431 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1432 /// ordinary name lookup.
1433 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1434   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1435 
1436   // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a
1437   // context where it behaves like an ordinary name.
1438   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1439   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1440     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
1441   else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
1442     if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
1443       return true;
1444   }
1445 
1446   return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1447 }
1448 
1449 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1450 /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name.
1451 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1452   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1453   if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
1454     return false;
1455   // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they
1456   // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out
1457   // @class declarations though.
1458   if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) {
1459     if (!ID->getDefinition())
1460       return false;
1461   }
1462 
1463   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1464   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1465     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
1466   else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
1467     if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
1468       return true;
1469   }
1470 
1471   return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1472 }
1473 
1474 bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1475   if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))
1476     return false;
1477 
1478   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1479     if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1480       return true;
1481 
1482   return false;
1483 }
1484 
1485 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1486 /// ordinary name lookup.
1487 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1488   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1489 
1490   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1491   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1492     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
1493 
1494   return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) &&
1495          !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1496 }
1497 
1498 /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the
1499 /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace.
1500 bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1501   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1502   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1503     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1504 
1505   return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND);
1506 }
1507 
1508 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration.
1509 bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1510   return isa<EnumDecl>(ND);
1511 }
1512 
1513 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct.
1514 bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1515   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1516   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1517     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1518 
1519   // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too.
1520   if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
1521     return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct ||
1522            RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface;
1523 
1524   return false;
1525 }
1526 
1527 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union.
1528 bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1529   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1530   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1531     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1532 
1533   if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
1534     return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union;
1535 
1536   return false;
1537 }
1538 
1539 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace.
1540 bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1541   return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND);
1542 }
1543 
1544 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or
1545 /// namespace alias.
1546 bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1547   return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
1548 }
1549 
1550 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type.
1551 bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1552   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1553   return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
1554 }
1555 
1556 /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via
1557 /// "." or "->".  Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and
1558 /// using declarations thereof should show up.
1559 bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1560   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1561   return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) ||
1562          isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1563 }
1564 
1565 static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
1566   T = C.getCanonicalType(T);
1567   switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
1568   case Type::ObjCObject:
1569   case Type::ObjCInterface:
1570   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1571     return true;
1572 
1573   case Type::Builtin:
1574     switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
1575     case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1576     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1577     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
1578       return true;
1579 
1580     default:
1581       break;
1582     }
1583     return false;
1584 
1585   default:
1586     break;
1587   }
1588 
1589   if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1590     return false;
1591 
1592   // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a
1593   // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now,
1594   // just accept all class types.
1595   return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType();
1596 }
1597 
1598 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1599   QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
1600   if (T.isNull())
1601     return false;
1602 
1603   T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
1604   return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T);
1605 }
1606 
1607 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(
1608     const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1609   if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND))
1610     return true;
1611 
1612   const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
1613   if (!Var)
1614     return false;
1615 
1616   return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
1617 }
1618 
1619 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1620   if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) ||
1621       (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)))
1622     return false;
1623 
1624   QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
1625   if (T.isNull())
1626     return false;
1627 
1628   T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
1629   return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
1630          T->isObjCIdType() ||
1631          (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType());
1632 }
1633 
1634 bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1635   return false;
1636 }
1637 
1638 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C
1639 /// instance variable.
1640 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1641   return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND);
1642 }
1643 
1644 namespace {
1645 
1646 /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result
1647 /// for each visible declaration.
1648 class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
1649   ResultBuilder &Results;
1650   DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx;
1651   // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See
1652   // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details.
1653   CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
1654   QualType BaseType;
1655   std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
1656 
1657 public:
1658   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer(
1659       ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx,
1660       QualType BaseType = QualType(),
1661       std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>())
1662       : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx),
1663         FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) {
1664     NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx);
1665     // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'.
1666     if (BaseType.isNull()) {
1667       auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType();
1668       if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
1669         assert(ThisType->isPointerType());
1670         BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType();
1671         if (!NamingClass)
1672           NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1673       }
1674     }
1675     this->BaseType = BaseType;
1676   }
1677 
1678   void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
1679                  bool InBaseClass) override {
1680     ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr,
1681                                  false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts);
1682     Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass);
1683   }
1684 
1685   void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override {
1686     Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
1687   }
1688 
1689 private:
1690   bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) {
1691     // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided
1692     // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)),
1693     // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the
1694     // member.
1695     auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass;
1696     QualType BaseType = this->BaseType;
1697     if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
1698       if (!NamingClass)
1699         NamingClass = Cls;
1700       // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might
1701       // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating
1702       // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking.
1703       if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1704           !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) {
1705         NamingClass = Cls;
1706         BaseType = QualType();
1707       }
1708     } else {
1709       // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks
1710       // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them
1711       // out.
1712       NamingClass = nullptr;
1713       BaseType = QualType();
1714     }
1715     return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType);
1716   }
1717 };
1718 } // namespace
1719 
1720 /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results.
1721 static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1722                                     ResultBuilder &Results) {
1723   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1724   Results.AddResult(Result("short", CCP_Type));
1725   Results.AddResult(Result("long", CCP_Type));
1726   Results.AddResult(Result("signed", CCP_Type));
1727   Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned", CCP_Type));
1728   Results.AddResult(Result("void", CCP_Type));
1729   Results.AddResult(Result("char", CCP_Type));
1730   Results.AddResult(Result("int", CCP_Type));
1731   Results.AddResult(Result("float", CCP_Type));
1732   Results.AddResult(Result("double", CCP_Type));
1733   Results.AddResult(Result("enum", CCP_Type));
1734   Results.AddResult(Result("struct", CCP_Type));
1735   Results.AddResult(Result("union", CCP_Type));
1736   Results.AddResult(Result("const", CCP_Type));
1737   Results.AddResult(Result("volatile", CCP_Type));
1738 
1739   if (LangOpts.C99) {
1740     // C99-specific
1741     Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex", CCP_Type));
1742     Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary", CCP_Type));
1743     Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool", CCP_Type));
1744     Results.AddResult(Result("restrict", CCP_Type));
1745   }
1746 
1747   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
1748                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1749   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
1750     // C++-specific
1751     Results.AddResult(
1752         Result("bool", CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0)));
1753     Results.AddResult(Result("class", CCP_Type));
1754     Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t", CCP_Type));
1755 
1756     // typename name
1757     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename");
1758     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1759     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1760     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1761 
1762     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
1763       Results.AddResult(Result("auto", CCP_Type));
1764       Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t", CCP_Type));
1765       Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t", CCP_Type));
1766 
1767       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype");
1768       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1769       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1770       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1771       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1772     }
1773   } else
1774     Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type", CCP_Type));
1775 
1776   // GNU keywords
1777   if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) {
1778     // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point.
1779     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32"));
1780     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64"));
1781     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128"));
1782 
1783     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
1784     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1785     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1786     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1787 
1788     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
1789     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1790     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1791     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1792     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1793   }
1794 
1795   // Nullability
1796   Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull", CCP_Type));
1797   Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified", CCP_Type));
1798   Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable", CCP_Type));
1799 }
1800 
1801 static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1802                                  const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1803                                  ResultBuilder &Results) {
1804   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1805   // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both
1806   // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto"
1807   // in C++0x as a type specifier.
1808   Results.AddResult(Result("extern"));
1809   Results.AddResult(Result("static"));
1810 
1811   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
1812     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
1813     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1814 
1815     // alignas
1816     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas");
1817     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1818     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1819     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1820     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1821 
1822     Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr"));
1823     Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local"));
1824   }
1825 }
1826 
1827 static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1828                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1829                                   ResultBuilder &Results) {
1830   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1831   switch (CCC) {
1832   case Sema::PCC_Class:
1833   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
1834     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
1835       Results.AddResult(Result("explicit"));
1836       Results.AddResult(Result("friend"));
1837       Results.AddResult(Result("mutable"));
1838       Results.AddResult(Result("virtual"));
1839     }
1840     [[fallthrough]];
1841 
1842   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
1843   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
1844   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
1845   case Sema::PCC_Template:
1846     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99)
1847       Results.AddResult(Result("inline"));
1848     break;
1849 
1850   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
1851   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
1852   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
1853   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
1854   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
1855   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
1856   case Sema::PCC_Type:
1857   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
1858   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
1859     break;
1860   }
1861 }
1862 
1863 static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1864 static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1865 static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1866                                      ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1867 static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1868                                          ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1869 static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1870                                     ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1871 static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1872 
1873 static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) {
1874   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
1875                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1876   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef");
1877   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1878   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1879   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1880   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1881   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1882   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1883 }
1884 
1885 // using name = type
1886 static void AddUsingAliasResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
1887                                 ResultBuilder &Results) {
1888   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
1889   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1890   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1891   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
1892   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1893   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1894   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1895 }
1896 
1897 static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1898                                const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
1899   switch (CCC) {
1900   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
1901   case Sema::PCC_Class:
1902   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
1903   case Sema::PCC_Template:
1904   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
1905   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
1906   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
1907   case Sema::PCC_Type:
1908   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
1909   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
1910     return true;
1911 
1912   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
1913   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
1914     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
1915 
1916   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
1917   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
1918     return false;
1919 
1920   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
1921     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99;
1922   }
1923 
1924   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!");
1925 }
1926 
1927 static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context,
1928                                                   const Preprocessor &PP) {
1929   PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1930   Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false;
1931   Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true;
1932   Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true;
1933   Policy.SuppressScope = true;
1934   Policy.CleanUglifiedParameters = true;
1935   return Policy;
1936 }
1937 
1938 /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion.
1939 static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) {
1940   return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP);
1941 }
1942 
1943 /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string
1944 /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion.
1945 ///
1946 /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for
1947 /// common type names.
1948 static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context,
1949                                            const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
1950                                            CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) {
1951   if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) {
1952     // Built-in type names are constant strings.
1953     if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T))
1954       return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy);
1955 
1956     // Anonymous tag types are constant strings.
1957     if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
1958       if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl())
1959         if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) {
1960           switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
1961           case TTK_Struct:
1962             return "struct <anonymous>";
1963           case TTK_Interface:
1964             return "__interface <anonymous>";
1965           case TTK_Class:
1966             return "class <anonymous>";
1967           case TTK_Union:
1968             return "union <anonymous>";
1969           case TTK_Enum:
1970             return "enum <anonymous>";
1971           }
1972         }
1973   }
1974 
1975   // Slow path: format the type as a string.
1976   std::string Result;
1977   T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
1978   return Allocator.CopyString(Result);
1979 }
1980 
1981 /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function.
1982 static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) {
1983   QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType();
1984   if (ThisTy.isNull())
1985     return;
1986 
1987   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
1988   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1989   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
1990   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
1991       GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator));
1992   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this");
1993   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1994 }
1995 
1996 static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
1997                                   ResultBuilder &Results,
1998                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
1999   if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
2000     return;
2001 
2002   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert");
2003   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2004   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2005   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
2006   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
2007   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2008   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2009   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
2010 }
2011 
2012 static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results,
2013                                const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
2014                                CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
2015   Sema &S = Results.getSema();
2016   const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext);
2017   // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty.
2018   if (!CR)
2019     return;
2020   // First store overrides within current class.
2021   // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step.
2022   llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides;
2023   for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) {
2024     if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
2025       continue;
2026     Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method);
2027   }
2028 
2029   for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) {
2030     const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2031     if (!BR)
2032       continue;
2033     for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) {
2034       if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
2035         continue;
2036       const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName());
2037       bool IsOverriden = false;
2038       if (it != Overrides.end()) {
2039         for (auto *MD : it->second) {
2040           // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual
2041           // function, then it overrides this one.
2042           if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) {
2043             IsOverriden = true;
2044             break;
2045           }
2046         }
2047       }
2048       if (!IsOverriden) {
2049         // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and
2050         // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the
2051         // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk.
2052         std::string OverrideSignature;
2053         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature);
2054         CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0);
2055         PrintingPolicy Policy =
2056             getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor());
2057         auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
2058             S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder,
2059             /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy);
2060         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern));
2061       }
2062     }
2063   }
2064 }
2065 
2066 /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names.
2067 static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S,
2068                                    Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) {
2069   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
2070   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
2071 
2072   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
2073   switch (CCC) {
2074   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
2075     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2076       if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2077         // namespace <identifier> { declarations }
2078         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
2079         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2080         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2081         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2082         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2083         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2084         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations");
2085         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2086         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2087         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2088       }
2089 
2090       // namespace identifier = identifier ;
2091       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
2092       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2093       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2094       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
2095       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace");
2096       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2097       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2098 
2099       // Using directives
2100       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
2101       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2102       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2103       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2104       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2105 
2106       // asm(string-literal)
2107       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm");
2108       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2109       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal");
2110       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2111       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2112 
2113       if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2114         // Explicit template instantiation
2115         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
2116         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2117         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
2118         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2119       } else {
2120         Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
2121       }
2122     }
2123 
2124     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2125       AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true);
2126 
2127     AddTypedefResult(Results);
2128     [[fallthrough]];
2129 
2130   case Sema::PCC_Class:
2131     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2132       // Using declaration
2133       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
2134       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2135       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
2136       Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
2137       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2138       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2139       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2140 
2141       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2142         AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);
2143 
2144       // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context)
2145       if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) {
2146         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename");
2147         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2148         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
2149         Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
2150         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2151         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2152         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2153       }
2154 
2155       AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());
2156 
2157       if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) {
2158         AddTypedefResult(Results);
2159 
2160         bool IsNotInheritanceScope = !S->isClassInheritanceScope();
2161         // public:
2162         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public");
2163         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2164           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2165         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2166 
2167         // protected:
2168         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected");
2169         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2170           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2171         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2172 
2173         // private:
2174         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private");
2175         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2176           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2177         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2178 
2179         // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of
2180         // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have
2181         // more use-cases.
2182         AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion,
2183                            Builder);
2184       }
2185     }
2186     [[fallthrough]];
2187 
2188   case Sema::PCC_Template:
2189   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
2190     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2191       // template < parameters >
2192       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
2193       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2194       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters");
2195       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2196       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2197     } else {
2198       Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
2199     }
2200 
2201     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2202     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2203     break;
2204 
2205   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
2206     AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2207     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2208     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2209     break;
2210 
2211   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
2212     AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2213     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2214     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2215     break;
2216 
2217   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
2218     AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2219     break;
2220 
2221   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
2222   case Sema::PCC_Statement: {
2223     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2224       AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);
2225 
2226     AddTypedefResult(Results);
2227 
2228     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() &&
2229         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
2230       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try");
2231       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2232       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2233       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2234       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2235       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2236       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2237       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2238       Builder.AddTextChunk("catch");
2239       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2240       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2241       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
2242       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2243       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2244       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2245       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2246       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2247       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2248       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2249       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2250     }
2251     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2252       AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true);
2253 
2254     if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2255       // if (condition) { statements }
2256       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
2257       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2258       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2259       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2260         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2261       else
2262         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2263       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2264       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2265       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2266       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2267       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2268       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2269       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2270       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2271 
2272       // switch (condition) { }
2273       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch");
2274       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2275       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2276       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2277         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2278       else
2279         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2280       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2281       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2282       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2283       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2284       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases");
2285       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2286       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2287       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2288     }
2289 
2290     // Switch-specific statements.
2291     if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() &&
2292         !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
2293       // case expression:
2294       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case");
2295       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2296       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2297       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2298       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2299 
2300       // default:
2301       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default");
2302       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2303       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2304     }
2305 
2306     if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2307       /// while (condition) { statements }
2308       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while");
2309       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2310       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2311       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2312         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2313       else
2314         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2315       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2316       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2317       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2318       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2319       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2320       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2321       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2322       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2323 
2324       // do { statements } while ( expression );
2325       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do");
2326       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2327       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2328       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2329       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2330       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2331       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2332       Builder.AddTextChunk("while");
2333       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2334       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2335       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2336       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2337       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2338 
2339       // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements }
2340       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
2341       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2342       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2343       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
2344         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement");
2345       else
2346         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression");
2347       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2348       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2349       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2350       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2351       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2352       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression");
2353       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2354       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2355       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2356       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2357       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2358       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2359       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2360       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2361 
2362       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2363         // for ( range_declaration (:|in) range_expression ) { statements }
2364         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
2365         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2366         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2367         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-declaration");
2368         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2369         if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2370           Builder.AddTextChunk("in");
2371         else
2372           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2373         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2374         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-expression");
2375         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2376         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2377         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2378         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2379         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2380         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2381         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2382         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2383       }
2384     }
2385 
2386     if (S->getContinueParent()) {
2387       // continue ;
2388       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue");
2389       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2390       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2391     }
2392 
2393     if (S->getBreakParent()) {
2394       // break ;
2395       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break");
2396       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2397       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2398     }
2399 
2400     // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type.
2401     QualType ReturnType;
2402     if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
2403       ReturnType = Function->getReturnType();
2404     else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
2405       ReturnType = Method->getReturnType();
2406     else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() &&
2407              !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull())
2408       ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;;
2409     if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
2410       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
2411       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2412       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2413     } else {
2414       assert(!ReturnType.isNull());
2415       // "return expression ;"
2416       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
2417       Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2418       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2419       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2420       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2421       // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'.
2422       if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) {
2423         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true");
2424         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2425         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2426 
2427         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false");
2428         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2429         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2430       }
2431       // For pointers, suggest 'return nullptr' in C++.
2432       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
2433           (ReturnType->isPointerType() || ReturnType->isMemberPointerType())) {
2434         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return nullptr");
2435         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2436         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2437       }
2438     }
2439 
2440     // goto identifier ;
2441     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto");
2442     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2443     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label");
2444     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2445     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2446 
2447     // Using directives
2448     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
2449     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2450     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2451     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2452     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2453 
2454     AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());
2455   }
2456     [[fallthrough]];
2457 
2458   // Fall through (for statement expressions).
2459   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
2460   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
2461     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2462     // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions.
2463     [[fallthrough]];
2464 
2465   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
2466     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
2467         CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) {
2468       // (__bridge <type>)<expression>
2469       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge");
2470       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2471       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2472       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2473       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2474       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2475 
2476       // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression>
2477       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer");
2478       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2479       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type");
2480       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2481       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2482       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2483 
2484       // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression>
2485       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained");
2486       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2487       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type");
2488       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2489       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2490       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2491     }
2492     // Fall through
2493     [[fallthrough]];
2494 
2495   case Sema::PCC_Expression: {
2496     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2497       // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function.
2498       addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results);
2499 
2500       // true
2501       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2502       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true");
2503       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2504 
2505       // false
2506       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2507       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false");
2508       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2509 
2510       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
2511         // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2512         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast");
2513         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2514         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2515         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2516         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2517         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2518         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2519         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2520       }
2521 
2522       // static_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2523       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast");
2524       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2525       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2526       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2527       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2528       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2529       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2530       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2531 
2532       // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2533       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast");
2534       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2535       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2536       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2537       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2538       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2539       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2540       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2541 
2542       // const_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2543       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast");
2544       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2545       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2546       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2547       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2548       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2549       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2550       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2551 
2552       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
2553         // typeid ( expression-or-type )
2554         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info");
2555         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid");
2556         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2557         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
2558         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2559         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2560       }
2561 
2562       // new T ( ... )
2563       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
2564       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2565       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2566       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2567       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
2568       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2569       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2570 
2571       // new T [ ] ( ... )
2572       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
2573       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2574       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2575       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
2576       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size");
2577       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
2578       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2579       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
2580       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2581       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2582 
2583       // delete expression
2584       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2585       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
2586       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2587       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2588       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2589 
2590       // delete [] expression
2591       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2592       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
2593       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2594       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
2595       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
2596       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2597       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2598       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2599 
2600       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
2601         // throw expression
2602         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2603         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw");
2604         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2605         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2606         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2607       }
2608 
2609       // FIXME: Rethrow?
2610 
2611       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2612         // nullptr
2613         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t");
2614         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr");
2615         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2616 
2617         // alignof
2618         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2619         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
2620         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2621         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2622         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2623         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2624 
2625         // noexcept
2626         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2627         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept");
2628         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2629         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2630         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2631         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2632 
2633         // sizeof... expression
2634         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2635         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof...");
2636         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2637         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack");
2638         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2639         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2640       }
2641     }
2642 
2643     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2644       // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass.
2645       if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
2646         // The interface can be NULL.
2647         if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface())
2648           if (ID->getSuperClass()) {
2649             std::string SuperType;
2650             SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString();
2651             if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
2652               SuperType += " *";
2653 
2654             Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType));
2655             Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
2656             Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2657           }
2658       }
2659 
2660       AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true);
2661     }
2662 
2663     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
2664       // _Alignof
2665       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2666       if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof"))
2667         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
2668       else
2669         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof");
2670       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2671       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2672       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2673       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2674     }
2675 
2676     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C2x) {
2677       // nullptr
2678       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("nullptr_t");
2679       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr");
2680       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2681     }
2682 
2683     // sizeof expression
2684     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2685     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof");
2686     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2687     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
2688     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2689     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2690     break;
2691   }
2692 
2693   case Sema::PCC_Type:
2694   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
2695     break;
2696   }
2697 
2698   if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
2699     AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2700 
2701   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type)
2702     Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
2703 }
2704 
2705 /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result
2706 /// type chunk.
2707 static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context,
2708                                const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
2709                                const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType,
2710                                CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
2711   if (!ND)
2712     return;
2713 
2714   // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types
2715   // built into their names.
2716   if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND))
2717     return;
2718 
2719   // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type).
2720   QualType T;
2721   if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
2722     T = Function->getReturnType();
2723   else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
2724     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2725       T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType);
2726     else
2727       T = Method->getReturnType();
2728   } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) {
2729     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
2730     T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context);
2731   } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) {
2732     /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/
2733   } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
2734     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2735       T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType);
2736     else
2737       T = Ivar->getType();
2738   } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
2739     T = Value->getType();
2740   } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) {
2741     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2742       T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType);
2743     else
2744       T = Property->getType();
2745   }
2746 
2747   if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy))
2748     return;
2749 
2750   Result.AddResultTypeChunk(
2751       GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator()));
2752 }
2753 
2754 static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP,
2755                              const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod,
2756                              CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
2757   if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>())
2758     if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) {
2759       if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
2760         Result.AddTextChunk(", nil");
2761       else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
2762         Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL");
2763       else
2764         Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0");
2765     }
2766 }
2767 
2768 static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals,
2769                                              QualType &Type) {
2770   std::string Result;
2771   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
2772     Result += "in ";
2773   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
2774     Result += "inout ";
2775   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
2776     Result += "out ";
2777   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
2778     Result += "bycopy ";
2779   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
2780     Result += "byref ";
2781   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
2782     Result += "oneway ";
2783   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) {
2784     if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) {
2785       switch (*nullability) {
2786       case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
2787         Result += "nonnull ";
2788         break;
2789 
2790       case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
2791         Result += "nullable ";
2792         break;
2793 
2794       case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
2795         Result += "null_unspecified ";
2796         break;
2797 
2798       case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
2799         llvm_unreachable("Not supported as a context-sensitive keyword!");
2800         break;
2801       }
2802     }
2803   }
2804   return Result;
2805 }
2806 
2807 /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C
2808 /// block placeholder.
2809 ///
2810 /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to
2811 /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion
2812 /// results.
2813 static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2814                                          FunctionTypeLoc &Block,
2815                                          FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2816                                          bool SuppressBlock = false) {
2817   if (!TSInfo)
2818     return;
2819   TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
2820   while (true) {
2821     // Look through typedefs.
2822     if (!SuppressBlock) {
2823       if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
2824         if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo =
2825                 TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
2826           TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
2827           continue;
2828         }
2829       }
2830 
2831       // Look through qualified types
2832       if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) {
2833         TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
2834         continue;
2835       }
2836 
2837       if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) {
2838         TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc();
2839         continue;
2840       }
2841     }
2842 
2843     // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type,
2844     // then we're done.
2845     if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) {
2846       TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens();
2847       Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
2848       BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>();
2849     }
2850     break;
2851   }
2852 }
2853 
2854 static std::string formatBlockPlaceholder(
2855     const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
2856     FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2857     bool SuppressBlockName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false,
2858     std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = std::nullopt);
2859 
2860 static std::string FormatFunctionParameter(
2861     const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const DeclaratorDecl *Param,
2862     bool SuppressName = false, bool SuppressBlock = false,
2863     std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = std::nullopt) {
2864   // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid.
2865   // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually available.
2866   // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere.
2867   if (!Param)
2868     return "int";
2869   Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier ObjCQual = Decl::OBJC_TQ_None;
2870   if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Param))
2871     ObjCQual = PVD->getObjCDeclQualifier();
2872   bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext());
2873   if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2874       !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2875     // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder
2876     // containing that parameter's type.
2877     std::string Result;
2878 
2879     if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName)
2880       Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName());
2881 
2882     QualType Type = Param->getType();
2883     if (ObjCSubsts)
2884       Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
2885                                     ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
2886     if (ObjCMethodParam) {
2887       Result = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQual, Type);
2888       Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
2889       if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName)
2890         Result += Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
2891     } else {
2892       Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2893     }
2894     return Result;
2895   }
2896 
2897   // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with
2898   // the appropriate type.
2899   FunctionTypeLoc Block;
2900   FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto;
2901   findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
2902                                SuppressBlock);
2903   // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a
2904   // parameter in a setter.
2905   if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam &&
2906       cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) {
2907     if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())
2908                              ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false))
2909       findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
2910                                    SuppressBlock);
2911   }
2912 
2913   if (!Block) {
2914     // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names
2915     // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder.
2916     std::string Result;
2917     if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier())
2918       Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName());
2919 
2920     QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
2921 
2922     if (ObjCMethodParam) {
2923       Result = Type.getAsString(Policy);
2924       std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQual, Type);
2925       if (!Quals.empty())
2926         Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")";
2927       if (Result.back() != ')')
2928         Result += " ";
2929       if (Param->getIdentifier())
2930         Result += Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
2931     } else {
2932       Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2933     }
2934 
2935     return Result;
2936   }
2937 
2938   // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was
2939   // written in the source.
2940   return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto,
2941                                 /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock,
2942                                 ObjCSubsts);
2943 }
2944 
2945 /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block
2946 /// declaration.
2947 ///
2948 /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type.
2949 ///
2950 /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type.
2951 ///
2952 /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block
2953 /// declaration is included in the resulting string.
2954 static std::string
2955 formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
2956                        FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2957                        bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock,
2958                        std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) {
2959   std::string Result;
2960   QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType();
2961   if (ObjCSubsts)
2962     ResultType =
2963         ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
2964                                      ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result);
2965   if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock)
2966     ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2967 
2968   // Format the parameter list.
2969   std::string Params;
2970   if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) {
2971     if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
2972       Params = "(...)";
2973     else
2974       Params = "(void)";
2975   } else {
2976     Params += "(";
2977     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
2978       if (I)
2979         Params += ", ";
2980       Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I),
2981                                         /*SuppressName=*/false,
2982                                         /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts);
2983 
2984       if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
2985         Params += ", ...";
2986     }
2987     Params += ")";
2988   }
2989 
2990   if (SuppressBlock) {
2991     // Format as a parameter.
2992     Result = Result + " (^";
2993     if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
2994       Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
2995     Result += ")";
2996     Result += Params;
2997   } else {
2998     // Format as a block literal argument.
2999     Result = '^' + Result;
3000     Result += Params;
3001 
3002     if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
3003       Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
3004   }
3005 
3006   return Result;
3007 }
3008 
3009 static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param,
3010                                          const SourceManager &SM,
3011                                          const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
3012   const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange();
3013   CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange);
3014   bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid();
3015   if (Invalid)
3016     return "";
3017   StringRef srcText =
3018       Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid);
3019   if (Invalid)
3020     return "";
3021 
3022   if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=") {
3023     // Lexer can't determine the value.
3024     // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward
3025     // declared).
3026     return "";
3027   }
3028   std::string DefValue(srcText.str());
3029   // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and
3030   // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it
3031   if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') {
3032     // If we don't have '=' in front of value.
3033     // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types
3034     // values with it.
3035     return " = " + DefValue;
3036   }
3037   return " " + DefValue;
3038 }
3039 
3040 /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
3041 static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP,
3042                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3043                                        const FunctionDecl *Function,
3044                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3045                                        unsigned Start = 0,
3046                                        bool InOptional = false) {
3047   bool FirstParameter = true;
3048 
3049   for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) {
3050     const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P);
3051 
3052     if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
3053       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3054       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3055       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3056                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3057       if (!FirstParameter)
3058         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3059       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true);
3060       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3061       break;
3062     }
3063 
3064     if (FirstParameter)
3065       FirstParameter = false;
3066     else
3067       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3068 
3069     InOptional = false;
3070 
3071     // Format the placeholder string.
3072     std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
3073     if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
3074       PlaceholderStr +=
3075           GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts());
3076 
3077     if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1)
3078       PlaceholderStr += ", ...";
3079 
3080     // Add the placeholder string.
3081     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3082         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
3083   }
3084 
3085   if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
3086     if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
3087       if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0)
3088         Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3089 
3090       MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result);
3091     }
3092 }
3093 
3094 /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
3095 static void AddTemplateParameterChunks(
3096     ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3097     const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3098     unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) {
3099   bool FirstParameter = true;
3100 
3101   // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of
3102   // the template.
3103   Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl());
3104 
3105   TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters();
3106   TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end();
3107   if (MaxParameters)
3108     PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters;
3109   for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd;
3110        ++P) {
3111     bool HasDefaultArg = false;
3112     std::string PlaceholderStr;
3113     if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
3114       if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename())
3115         PlaceholderStr = "typename";
3116       else if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) {
3117         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PlaceholderStr);
3118         TC->print(OS, Policy);
3119         OS.flush();
3120       } else
3121         PlaceholderStr = "class";
3122 
3123       if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
3124         PlaceholderStr += ' ';
3125         PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
3126       }
3127 
3128       HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3129     } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
3130                    dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
3131       if (NTTP->getIdentifier())
3132         PlaceholderStr = std::string(NTTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName());
3133       NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy);
3134       HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3135     } else {
3136       assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P));
3137       TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
3138 
3139       // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would
3140       // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation.
3141       PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class";
3142       if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
3143         PlaceholderStr += ' ';
3144         PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
3145       }
3146 
3147       HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3148     }
3149 
3150     if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) {
3151       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3152       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3153       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3154                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3155       if (!FirstParameter)
3156         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3157       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters,
3158                                  P - Params->begin(), true);
3159       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3160       break;
3161     }
3162 
3163     InDefaultArg = false;
3164 
3165     if (FirstParameter)
3166       FirstParameter = false;
3167     else
3168       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3169 
3170     // Add the placeholder string.
3171     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3172         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
3173   }
3174 }
3175 
3176 /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the
3177 /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL.
3178 static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3179                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
3180                                            bool QualifierIsInformative,
3181                                            ASTContext &Context,
3182                                            const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3183   if (!Qualifier)
3184     return;
3185 
3186   std::string PrintedNNS;
3187   {
3188     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS);
3189     Qualifier->print(OS, Policy);
3190   }
3191   if (QualifierIsInformative)
3192     Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
3193   else
3194     Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
3195 }
3196 
3197 static void
3198 AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3199                                        const FunctionDecl *Function) {
3200   const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3201   if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals())
3202     return;
3203 
3204   // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier!
3205 
3206   // Handle single qualifiers without copying
3207   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) {
3208     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const");
3209     return;
3210   }
3211 
3212   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) {
3213     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile");
3214     return;
3215   }
3216 
3217   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) {
3218     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict");
3219     return;
3220   }
3221 
3222   // Handle multiple qualifiers.
3223   std::string QualsStr;
3224   if (Proto->isConst())
3225     QualsStr += " const";
3226   if (Proto->isVolatile())
3227     QualsStr += " volatile";
3228   if (Proto->isRestrict())
3229     QualsStr += " restrict";
3230   Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr));
3231 }
3232 
3233 /// Add the name of the given declaration
3234 static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3235                               const NamedDecl *ND,
3236                               CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
3237   DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName();
3238   if (!Name)
3239     return;
3240 
3241   switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
3242   case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: {
3243     const char *OperatorName = nullptr;
3244     switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
3245     case OO_None:
3246     case OO_Conditional:
3247     case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3248       OperatorName = "operator";
3249       break;
3250 
3251 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
3252   case OO_##Name:                                                              \
3253     OperatorName = "operator" Spelling;                                        \
3254     break;
3255 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)
3256 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
3257 
3258     case OO_New:
3259       OperatorName = "operator new";
3260       break;
3261     case OO_Delete:
3262       OperatorName = "operator delete";
3263       break;
3264     case OO_Array_New:
3265       OperatorName = "operator new[]";
3266       break;
3267     case OO_Array_Delete:
3268       OperatorName = "operator delete[]";
3269       break;
3270     case OO_Call:
3271       OperatorName = "operator()";
3272       break;
3273     case OO_Subscript:
3274       OperatorName = "operator[]";
3275       break;
3276     }
3277     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName);
3278     break;
3279   }
3280 
3281   case DeclarationName::Identifier:
3282   case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
3283   case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
3284   case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
3285     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3286         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3287     break;
3288 
3289   case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
3290   case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
3291   case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
3292   case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
3293   case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
3294     break;
3295 
3296   case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: {
3297     CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3298     QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType();
3299     if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>())
3300       Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
3301     else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>())
3302       Record = InjectedTy->getDecl();
3303     else {
3304       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3305           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3306       break;
3307     }
3308 
3309     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3310         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString()));
3311     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) {
3312       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3313       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result);
3314       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3315     }
3316     break;
3317   }
3318   }
3319 }
3320 
3321 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
3322     Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3323     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
3324     bool IncludeBriefComments) {
3325   return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator,
3326                                     CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments);
3327 }
3328 
3329 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(
3330     Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
3331     CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) {
3332   assert(Kind == RK_Macro);
3333   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);
3334   const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro);
3335   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName()));
3336 
3337   if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike())
3338     return Result.TakeString();
3339 
3340   // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments.
3341   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3342   MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end();
3343 
3344   // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it.
3345   if (MI->isC99Varargs()) {
3346     --AEnd;
3347 
3348     if (A == AEnd) {
3349       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3350     }
3351   }
3352 
3353   for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) {
3354     if (A != MI->param_begin())
3355       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3356 
3357     if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) {
3358       SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName();
3359       if (MI->isC99Varargs())
3360         Arg += ", ...";
3361       else
3362         Arg += "...";
3363       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3364       break;
3365     }
3366 
3367     // Non-variadic macros are simple.
3368     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3369         Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName()));
3370   }
3371   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3372   return Result.TakeString();
3373 }
3374 
3375 /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given
3376 /// result.
3377 ///
3378 /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing
3379 /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the
3380 /// result is all that is needed.
3381 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
3382     ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3383     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
3384     bool IncludeBriefComments) {
3385   if (Kind == RK_Macro)
3386     return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo);
3387 
3388   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);
3389 
3390   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP);
3391   if (Kind == RK_Pattern) {
3392     Pattern->Priority = Priority;
3393     Pattern->Availability = Availability;
3394 
3395     if (Declaration) {
3396       Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext());
3397       Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName();
3398       if (const RawComment *RC =
3399               getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
3400         Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
3401         Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment();
3402       }
3403     }
3404 
3405     return Pattern;
3406   }
3407 
3408   if (Kind == RK_Keyword) {
3409     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword);
3410     return Result.TakeString();
3411   }
3412   assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?");
3413   return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
3414       PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy);
3415 }
3416 
3417 static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS,
3418                                 std::string &BeforeName,
3419                                 std::string &NameAndSignature) {
3420   bool SeenTypedChunk = false;
3421   for (auto &Chunk : CCS) {
3422     if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) {
3423       assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name");
3424       // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature.
3425       printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature);
3426       continue;
3427     }
3428     SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText;
3429     if (SeenTypedChunk)
3430       NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text;
3431     else
3432       BeforeName += Chunk.Text;
3433   }
3434 }
3435 
3436 CodeCompletionString *
3437 CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
3438     Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3439     bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3440     PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3441   auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result,
3442                                                 /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false,
3443                                                 CCContext, Policy);
3444   std::string BeforeName;
3445   std::string NameAndSignature;
3446   // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative.
3447   printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature);
3448   NameAndSignature += " override";
3449 
3450   Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName));
3451   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
3452   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature));
3453   return Result.TakeString();
3454 }
3455 
3456 // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor
3457 // types like std::function.
3458 static const NamedDecl *extractFunctorCallOperator(const NamedDecl *ND) {
3459   const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
3460   if (!VD)
3461     return nullptr;
3462   const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
3463   if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda())
3464     return nullptr;
3465   return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator();
3466 }
3467 
3468 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
3469     Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3470     bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3471     PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3472   const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration;
3473   Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext());
3474 
3475   if (IncludeBriefComments) {
3476     // Add documentation comment, if it exists.
3477     if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
3478       Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
3479     }
3480   }
3481 
3482   if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
3483     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3484         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3485     Result.AddTextChunk("::");
3486     return Result.TakeString();
3487   }
3488 
3489   for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>())
3490     Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation()));
3491 
3492   auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) {
3493     AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);
3494     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3495                                    Ctx, Policy);
3496     AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result);
3497     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3498     AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
3499     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3500     AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
3501   };
3502 
3503   if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
3504     AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function);
3505     return Result.TakeString();
3506   }
3507 
3508   if (const auto *CallOperator =
3509           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) {
3510     AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator);
3511     return Result.TakeString();
3512   }
3513 
3514   AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);
3515 
3516   if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl =
3517           dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
3518     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3519                                    Ctx, Policy);
3520     FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
3521     AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result);
3522 
3523     // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default
3524     // arguments).
3525     llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced;
3526     Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced);
3527     unsigned LastDeducibleArgument;
3528     for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0;
3529          --LastDeducibleArgument) {
3530       if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) {
3531         // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so,
3532         // the user doesn't need to type this argument.
3533         // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better!
3534         bool HasDefaultArg = false;
3535         NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(
3536             LastDeducibleArgument - 1);
3537         if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
3538           HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3539         else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
3540                      dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
3541           HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3542         else {
3543           assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param));
3544           HasDefaultArg =
3545               cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument();
3546         }
3547 
3548         if (!HasDefaultArg)
3549           break;
3550       }
3551     }
3552 
3553     if (LastDeducibleArgument) {
3554       // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a
3555       // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list
3556       // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument.
3557       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3558       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result,
3559                                  LastDeducibleArgument);
3560       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3561     }
3562 
3563     // Add the function parameters
3564     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3565     AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
3566     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3567     AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
3568     return Result.TakeString();
3569   }
3570 
3571   if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) {
3572     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3573                                    Ctx, Policy);
3574     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3575         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString()));
3576     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3577     AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result);
3578     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3579     return Result.TakeString();
3580   }
3581 
3582   if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
3583     Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();
3584     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
3585       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3586           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
3587       return Result.TakeString();
3588     }
3589 
3590     std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str();
3591     SelName += ':';
3592     if (StartParameter == 0)
3593       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));
3594     else {
3595       Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));
3596 
3597       // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty
3598       // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type.
3599       if (Method->param_size() == 1)
3600         Result.AddTypedTextChunk("");
3601     }
3602     unsigned Idx = 0;
3603     // The extra Idx < Sel.getNumArgs() check is needed due to legacy C-style
3604     // method parameters.
3605     for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
3606                                               PEnd = Method->param_end();
3607          P != PEnd && Idx < Sel.getNumArgs(); (void)++P, ++Idx) {
3608       if (Idx > 0) {
3609         std::string Keyword;
3610         if (Idx > StartParameter)
3611           Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
3612         if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx))
3613           Keyword += II->getName();
3614         Keyword += ":";
3615         if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative)
3616           Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
3617         else
3618           Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
3619       }
3620 
3621       // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder.
3622       if (Idx < StartParameter)
3623         continue;
3624 
3625       std::string Arg;
3626       QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType();
3627       std::optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts;
3628       if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull())
3629         ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method);
3630 
3631       if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity)
3632         Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true,
3633                                       /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts);
3634       else {
3635         if (ObjCSubsts)
3636           ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
3637               Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
3638         Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
3639                                               ParamType);
3640         Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
3641         if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier())
3642           if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative)
3643             Arg += II->getName();
3644       }
3645 
3646       if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd)
3647         Arg += ", ...";
3648 
3649       if (DeclaringEntity)
3650         Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3651       else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
3652         Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3653       else
3654         Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3655     }
3656 
3657     if (Method->isVariadic()) {
3658       if (Method->param_size() == 0) {
3659         if (DeclaringEntity)
3660           Result.AddTextChunk(", ...");
3661         else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
3662           Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ...");
3663         else
3664           Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ...");
3665       }
3666 
3667       MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result);
3668     }
3669 
3670     return Result.TakeString();
3671   }
3672 
3673   if (Qualifier)
3674     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3675                                    Ctx, Policy);
3676 
3677   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3678       Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3679   return Result.TakeString();
3680 }
3681 
3682 const RawComment *clang::getCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
3683                                               const NamedDecl *ND) {
3684   if (!ND)
3685     return nullptr;
3686   if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND))
3687     return RC;
3688 
3689   // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods.
3690   const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
3691   if (!M)
3692     return nullptr;
3693   const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
3694   if (!PDecl)
3695     return nullptr;
3696 
3697   return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl);
3698 }
3699 
3700 const RawComment *clang::getPatternCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
3701                                                      const NamedDecl *ND) {
3702   const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
3703   if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor())
3704     return nullptr;
3705 
3706   // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where
3707   // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name
3708   // different from the property name (declared via a property
3709   // getter attribute.
3710   const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
3711   if (!PDecl)
3712     return nullptr;
3713   if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() &&
3714       PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) {
3715     if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M))
3716       return RC;
3717     if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl))
3718       return RC;
3719   }
3720   return nullptr;
3721 }
3722 
3723 const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment(
3724     const ASTContext &Ctx,
3725     const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) {
3726   auto FDecl = Result.getFunction();
3727   if (!FDecl)
3728     return nullptr;
3729   if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams())
3730     return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex));
3731   return nullptr;
3732 }
3733 
3734 static void AddOverloadAggregateChunks(const RecordDecl *RD,
3735                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3736                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3737                                        unsigned CurrentArg) {
3738   unsigned ChunkIndex = 0;
3739   auto AddChunk = [&](llvm::StringRef Placeholder) {
3740     if (ChunkIndex > 0)
3741       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3742     const char *Copy = Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder);
3743     if (ChunkIndex == CurrentArg)
3744       Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(Copy);
3745     else
3746       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Copy);
3747     ++ChunkIndex;
3748   };
3749   // Aggregate initialization has all bases followed by all fields.
3750   // (Bases are not legal in C++11 but in that case we never get here).
3751   if (auto *CRD = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3752     for (const auto &Base : CRD->bases())
3753       AddChunk(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy));
3754   }
3755   for (const auto &Field : RD->fields())
3756     AddChunk(FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Field));
3757 }
3758 
3759 /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion
3760 /// string.
3761 static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(
3762     ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3763     const FunctionDecl *Function, const FunctionProtoType *Prototype,
3764     FunctionProtoTypeLoc PrototypeLoc, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3765     unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0, bool InOptional = false) {
3766   if (!Function && !Prototype) {
3767     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "...");
3768     return;
3769   }
3770 
3771   bool FirstParameter = true;
3772   unsigned NumParams =
3773       Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams();
3774 
3775   for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) {
3776     if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
3777       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3778       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3779       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3780                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3781       if (!FirstParameter)
3782         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3783       // Optional sections are nested.
3784       AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype,
3785                                  PrototypeLoc, Opt, CurrentArg, P,
3786                                  /*InOptional=*/true);
3787       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3788       return;
3789     }
3790 
3791     if (FirstParameter)
3792       FirstParameter = false;
3793     else
3794       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3795 
3796     InOptional = false;
3797 
3798     // Format the placeholder string.
3799     std::string Placeholder;
3800     assert(P < Prototype->getNumParams());
3801     if (Function || PrototypeLoc) {
3802       const ParmVarDecl *Param =
3803           Function ? Function->getParamDecl(P) : PrototypeLoc.getParam(P);
3804       Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
3805       if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
3806         Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(),
3807                                              Context.getLangOpts());
3808     } else {
3809       Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy);
3810     }
3811 
3812     if (P == CurrentArg)
3813       Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(
3814           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3815     else
3816       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3817   }
3818 
3819   if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) {
3820     CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3821                               Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3822     if (!FirstParameter)
3823       Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3824 
3825     if (CurrentArg < NumParams)
3826       Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3827     else
3828       Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("...");
3829 
3830     Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3831   }
3832 }
3833 
3834 static std::string
3835 formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(const NamedDecl *Param, bool &Optional,
3836                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3837   if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) {
3838     Optional = Type->hasDefaultArgument();
3839   } else if (const auto *NonType = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
3840     Optional = NonType->hasDefaultArgument();
3841   } else if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
3842     Optional = Template->hasDefaultArgument();
3843   }
3844   std::string Result;
3845   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Result);
3846   Param->print(OS, Policy);
3847   return Result;
3848 }
3849 
3850 static std::string templateResultType(const TemplateDecl *TD,
3851                                       const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3852   if (const auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
3853     return CTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getKindName().str();
3854   if (const auto *VTD = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
3855     return VTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getType().getAsString(Policy);
3856   if (const auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
3857     return FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy);
3858   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
3859     return "type";
3860   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
3861     return "class";
3862   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
3863     return "concept";
3864   return "";
3865 }
3866 
3867 static CodeCompletionString *createTemplateSignatureString(
3868     const TemplateDecl *TD, CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, unsigned CurrentArg,
3869     const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3870   llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params = TD->getTemplateParameters()->asArray();
3871   CodeCompletionBuilder OptionalBuilder(Builder.getAllocator(),
3872                                         Builder.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3873   std::string ResultType = templateResultType(TD, Policy);
3874   if (!ResultType.empty())
3875     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(ResultType));
3876   Builder.AddTextChunk(
3877       Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(TD->getNameAsString()));
3878   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3879   // Initially we're writing into the main string. Once we see an optional arg
3880   // (with default), we're writing into the nested optional chunk.
3881   CodeCompletionBuilder *Current = &Builder;
3882   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Params.size(); ++I) {
3883     bool Optional = false;
3884     std::string Placeholder =
3885         formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(Params[I], Optional, Policy);
3886     if (Optional)
3887       Current = &OptionalBuilder;
3888     if (I > 0)
3889       Current->AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3890     Current->AddChunk(I == CurrentArg
3891                           ? CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter
3892                           : CodeCompletionString::CK_Placeholder,
3893                       Current->getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3894   }
3895   // Add the optional chunk to the main string if we ever used it.
3896   if (Current == &OptionalBuilder)
3897     Builder.AddOptionalChunk(OptionalBuilder.TakeString());
3898   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3899   // For function templates, ResultType was the function's return type.
3900   // Give some clue this is a function. (Don't show the possibly-bulky params).
3901   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
3902     Builder.AddInformativeChunk("()");
3903   return Builder.TakeString();
3904 }
3905 
3906 CodeCompletionString *
3907 CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString(
3908     unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
3909     CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool IncludeBriefComments,
3910     bool Braced) const {
3911   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
3912   // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared:
3913   //   vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n)
3914   // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases.
3915   Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true;
3916 
3917   // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately.
3918   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1,
3919                                CXAvailability_Available);
3920 
3921   if (getKind() == CK_Template)
3922     return createTemplateSignatureString(getTemplate(), Result, CurrentArg,
3923                                          Policy);
3924 
3925   FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction();
3926   const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
3927       dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType());
3928 
3929   // First, the name/type of the callee.
3930   if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate) {
3931     Result.AddTextChunk(
3932         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(getAggregate()->getName()));
3933   } else if (FDecl) {
3934     if (IncludeBriefComments) {
3935       if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg))
3936         Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext()));
3937     }
3938     AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result);
3939 
3940     std::string Name;
3941     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name);
3942     FDecl->getDeclName().print(OS, Policy);
3943     Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
3944   } else {
3945     // Function without a declaration. Just give the return type.
3946     Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(
3947         getFunctionType()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy)));
3948   }
3949 
3950   // Next, the brackets and parameters.
3951   Result.AddChunk(Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace
3952                          : CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3953   if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate)
3954     AddOverloadAggregateChunks(getAggregate(), Policy, Result, CurrentArg);
3955   else
3956     AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto,
3957                                getFunctionProtoTypeLoc(), Result, CurrentArg);
3958   Result.AddChunk(Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace
3959                          : CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3960 
3961   return Result.TakeString();
3962 }
3963 
3964 unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName,
3965                                       const LangOptions &LangOpts,
3966                                       bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) {
3967   unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro;
3968 
3969   // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants.
3970   if (MacroName.equals("nil") || MacroName.equals("NULL") ||
3971       MacroName.equals("Nil")) {
3972     Priority = CCP_Constant;
3973     if (PreferredTypeIsPointer)
3974       Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
3975   }
3976   // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants.
3977   else if (MacroName.equals("YES") || MacroName.equals("NO") ||
3978            MacroName.equals("true") || MacroName.equals("false"))
3979     Priority = CCP_Constant;
3980   // Treat "bool" as a type.
3981   else if (MacroName.equals("bool"))
3982     Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0);
3983 
3984   return Priority;
3985 }
3986 
3987 CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) {
3988   if (!D)
3989     return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;
3990 
3991   switch (D->getKind()) {
3992   case Decl::Enum:
3993     return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
3994   case Decl::EnumConstant:
3995     return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl;
3996   case Decl::Field:
3997     return CXCursor_FieldDecl;
3998   case Decl::Function:
3999     return CXCursor_FunctionDecl;
4000   case Decl::ObjCCategory:
4001     return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl;
4002   case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
4003     return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
4004   case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
4005     return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl;
4006 
4007   case Decl::ObjCInterface:
4008     return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl;
4009   case Decl::ObjCIvar:
4010     return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl;
4011   case Decl::ObjCMethod:
4012     return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod()
4013                ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl
4014                : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl;
4015   case Decl::CXXMethod:
4016     return CXCursor_CXXMethod;
4017   case Decl::CXXConstructor:
4018     return CXCursor_Constructor;
4019   case Decl::CXXDestructor:
4020     return CXCursor_Destructor;
4021   case Decl::CXXConversion:
4022     return CXCursor_ConversionFunction;
4023   case Decl::ObjCProperty:
4024     return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl;
4025   case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
4026     return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl;
4027   case Decl::ParmVar:
4028     return CXCursor_ParmDecl;
4029   case Decl::Typedef:
4030     return CXCursor_TypedefDecl;
4031   case Decl::TypeAlias:
4032     return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl;
4033   case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
4034     return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl;
4035   case Decl::Var:
4036     return CXCursor_VarDecl;
4037   case Decl::Namespace:
4038     return CXCursor_Namespace;
4039   case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
4040     return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias;
4041   case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
4042     return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;
4043   case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
4044     return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter;
4045   case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
4046     return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter;
4047   case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
4048     return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate;
4049   case Decl::ClassTemplate:
4050     return CXCursor_ClassTemplate;
4051   case Decl::AccessSpec:
4052     return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier;
4053   case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
4054     return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization;
4055   case Decl::UsingDirective:
4056     return CXCursor_UsingDirective;
4057   case Decl::StaticAssert:
4058     return CXCursor_StaticAssert;
4059   case Decl::Friend:
4060     return CXCursor_FriendDecl;
4061   case Decl::TranslationUnit:
4062     return CXCursor_TranslationUnit;
4063 
4064   case Decl::Using:
4065   case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
4066   case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
4067     return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration;
4068 
4069   case Decl::UsingEnum:
4070     return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
4071 
4072   case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
4073     switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) {
4074     case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic:
4075       return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl;
4076 
4077     case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize:
4078       return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl;
4079     }
4080     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!");
4081 
4082   case Decl::Import:
4083     return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl;
4084 
4085   case Decl::ObjCTypeParam:
4086     return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;
4087 
4088   case Decl::Concept:
4089     return CXCursor_ConceptDecl;
4090 
4091   default:
4092     if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
4093       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
4094       case TTK_Interface: // fall through
4095       case TTK_Struct:
4096         return CXCursor_StructDecl;
4097       case TTK_Class:
4098         return CXCursor_ClassDecl;
4099       case TTK_Union:
4100         return CXCursor_UnionDecl;
4101       case TTK_Enum:
4102         return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
4103       }
4104     }
4105   }
4106 
4107   return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;
4108 }
4109 
4110 static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results,
4111                             bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined,
4112                             bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) {
4113   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4114 
4115   Results.EnterNewScope();
4116 
4117   for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal),
4118                                     MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal);
4119        M != MEnd; ++M) {
4120     auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first);
4121     if (IncludeUndefined || MD) {
4122       MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo();
4123       if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard())
4124         continue;
4125 
4126       Results.AddResult(
4127           Result(M->first, MI,
4128                  getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(),
4129                                        TargetTypeIsPointer)));
4130     }
4131   }
4132 
4133   Results.ExitScope();
4134 }
4135 
4136 static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
4137                                      ResultBuilder &Results) {
4138   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4139 
4140   Results.EnterNewScope();
4141 
4142   Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
4143   Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
4144   if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
4145     Results.AddResult(Result("__func__", CCP_Constant));
4146   Results.ExitScope();
4147 }
4148 
4149 static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S,
4150                                       CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter,
4151                                       CodeCompletionContext Context,
4152                                       CodeCompletionResult *Results,
4153                                       unsigned NumResults) {
4154   if (CodeCompleter)
4155     CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults);
4156 }
4157 
4158 static CodeCompletionContext
4159 mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) {
4160   switch (PCC) {
4161   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
4162     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;
4163 
4164   case Sema::PCC_Class:
4165     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;
4166 
4167   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
4168     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface;
4169 
4170   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4171     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation;
4172 
4173   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4174     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList;
4175 
4176   case Sema::PCC_Template:
4177   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
4178     if (S.CurContext->isFileContext())
4179       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;
4180     if (S.CurContext->isRecord())
4181       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;
4182     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;
4183 
4184   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4185     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery;
4186 
4187   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
4188     if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 ||
4189         S.getLangOpts().ObjC)
4190       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;
4191     else
4192       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;
4193 
4194   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
4195     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;
4196   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
4197     return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
4198                                  S.getASTContext().BoolTy);
4199 
4200   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
4201     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement;
4202 
4203   case Sema::PCC_Type:
4204     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;
4205 
4206   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4207     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;
4208 
4209   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4210     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;
4211   }
4212 
4213   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!");
4214 }
4215 
4216 /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results
4217 /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the
4218 /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality.
4219 ///
4220 /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results.
4221 ///
4222 /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding
4223 /// the code-completion point
4224 static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext,
4225                                   ResultBuilder &Results) {
4226   // Look through blocks.
4227   DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext;
4228   while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext))
4229     CurContext = CurContext->getParent();
4230 
4231   CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
4232   if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual())
4233     return;
4234 
4235   // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to
4236   // generate a forwarding call.
4237   for (auto *P : Method->parameters())
4238     if (!P->getDeclName())
4239       return;
4240 
4241   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
4242   for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) {
4243     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4244                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4245     if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl())
4246       continue;
4247 
4248     // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now.
4249     if (!InContext) {
4250       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification(
4251           S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext());
4252       if (NNS) {
4253         std::string Str;
4254         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
4255         NNS->print(OS, Policy);
4256         Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
4257       }
4258     } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext()))
4259       continue;
4260 
4261     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4262         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString()));
4263     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4264     bool FirstParam = true;
4265     for (auto *P : Method->parameters()) {
4266       if (FirstParam)
4267         FirstParam = false;
4268       else
4269         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
4270 
4271       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4272           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName()));
4273     }
4274     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4275     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
4276         Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod,
4277         CXAvailability_Available, Overridden));
4278     Results.Ignore(Overridden);
4279   }
4280 }
4281 
4282 void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
4283                                     ModuleIdPath Path) {
4284   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4285   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4286                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4287                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
4288   Results.EnterNewScope();
4289 
4290   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
4291   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4292   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4293   if (Path.empty()) {
4294     // Enumerate all top-level modules.
4295     SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules;
4296     PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules);
4297     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4298       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4299           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name));
4300       Results.AddResult(Result(
4301           Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
4302           Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
4303                                     : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
4304     }
4305   } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) {
4306     // Load the named module.
4307     Module *Mod =
4308         PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
4309                                         /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false);
4310     // Enumerate submodules.
4311     if (Mod) {
4312       for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(),
4313                                       SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end();
4314            Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) {
4315 
4316         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4317             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name));
4318         Results.AddResult(Result(
4319             Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
4320             (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
4321                                   : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
4322       }
4323     }
4324   }
4325   Results.ExitScope();
4326   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4327                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4328 }
4329 
4330 void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
4331                                     ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) {
4332   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4333                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4334                         mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext));
4335   Results.EnterNewScope();
4336 
4337   // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of
4338   // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are
4339   // only allowed where we can have an expression.
4340   switch (CompletionContext) {
4341   case PCC_Namespace:
4342   case PCC_Class:
4343   case PCC_ObjCInterface:
4344   case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4345   case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4346   case PCC_Template:
4347   case PCC_MemberTemplate:
4348   case PCC_Type:
4349   case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4350     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
4351     break;
4352 
4353   case PCC_Statement:
4354   case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4355   case PCC_Expression:
4356   case PCC_ForInit:
4357   case PCC_Condition:
4358     if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts()))
4359       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
4360     else
4361       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);
4362 
4363     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4364       MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results);
4365     break;
4366 
4367   case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4368     // Unfiltered
4369     break;
4370   }
4371 
4372   // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on
4373   // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list.
4374   auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType();
4375   if (!ThisType.isNull())
4376     Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(),
4377                                     VK_LValue);
4378 
4379   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4380   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
4381                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4382                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4383 
4384   AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results);
4385   Results.ExitScope();
4386 
4387   switch (CompletionContext) {
4388   case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4389   case PCC_Expression:
4390   case PCC_Statement:
4391   case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4392     if (S->getFnParent())
4393       AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
4394     break;
4395 
4396   case PCC_Namespace:
4397   case PCC_Class:
4398   case PCC_ObjCInterface:
4399   case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4400   case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4401   case PCC_Template:
4402   case PCC_MemberTemplate:
4403   case PCC_ForInit:
4404   case PCC_Condition:
4405   case PCC_Type:
4406   case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4407     break;
4408   }
4409 
4410   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
4411     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
4412 
4413   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4414                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4415 }
4416 
4417 static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
4418                                        ParsedType Receiver,
4419                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
4420                                        bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
4421                                        ResultBuilder &Results);
4422 
4423 void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4424                                 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
4425                                 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
4426   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4427   ResultBuilder Results(
4428       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4429       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4430       AllowNestedNameSpecifiers
4431           // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we
4432           // need an existing symbol or a new one.
4433           ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName
4434           : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName);
4435   Results.EnterNewScope();
4436 
4437   // Type qualifiers can come after names.
4438   Results.AddResult(Result("const"));
4439   Results.AddResult(Result("volatile"));
4440   if (getLangOpts().C99)
4441     Results.AddResult(Result("restrict"));
4442 
4443   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4444     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
4445         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4446          DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct))
4447       Results.AddResult("final");
4448 
4449     if (AllowNonIdentifiers) {
4450       Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
4451     }
4452 
4453     // Add nested-name-specifiers.
4454     if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
4455       Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
4456       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy);
4457       CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4458       LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
4459                          CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4460                          CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4461       Results.setFilter(nullptr);
4462     }
4463   }
4464   Results.ExitScope();
4465 
4466   // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a
4467   // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could
4468   // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with
4469   // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions.
4470   if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers &&
4471       DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier &&
4472       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
4473       DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified &&
4474       DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&
4475       !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S &&
4476       (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 &&
4477       (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope |
4478                         Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) ==
4479           0) {
4480     ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType();
4481     if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType())
4482       AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, std::nullopt, false, false,
4483                                  Results);
4484   }
4485 
4486   // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not
4487   // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities.
4488 
4489   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4490                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4491 }
4492 
4493 static const char *underscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) {
4494   if (Scope == "clang")
4495     return "_Clang";
4496   if (Scope == "gnu")
4497     return "__gnu__";
4498   return nullptr;
4499 }
4500 
4501 static const char *noUnderscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) {
4502   if (Scope == "_Clang")
4503     return "clang";
4504   if (Scope == "__gnu__")
4505     return "gnu";
4506   return nullptr;
4507 }
4508 
4509 void Sema::CodeCompleteAttribute(AttributeCommonInfo::Syntax Syntax,
4510                                  AttributeCompletion Completion,
4511                                  const IdentifierInfo *InScope) {
4512   if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::None)
4513     return;
4514   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4515                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4516                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Attribute);
4517 
4518   // We're going to iterate over the normalized spellings of the attribute.
4519   // These don't include "underscore guarding": the normalized spelling is
4520   // clang::foo but you can also write _Clang::__foo__.
4521   //
4522   // (Clang supports a mix like clang::__foo__ but we won't suggest it: either
4523   // you care about clashing with macros or you don't).
4524   //
4525   // So if we're already in a scope, we determine its canonical spellings
4526   // (for comparison with normalized attr spelling) and remember whether it was
4527   // underscore-guarded (so we know how to spell contained attributes).
4528   llvm::StringRef InScopeName;
4529   bool InScopeUnderscore = false;
4530   if (InScope) {
4531     InScopeName = InScope->getName();
4532     if (const char *NoUnderscore = noUnderscoreAttrScope(InScopeName)) {
4533       InScopeName = NoUnderscore;
4534       InScopeUnderscore = true;
4535     }
4536   }
4537   bool SyntaxSupportsGuards = Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_GNU ||
4538                               Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 ||
4539                               Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C2x;
4540 
4541   llvm::DenseSet<llvm::StringRef> FoundScopes;
4542   auto AddCompletions = [&](const ParsedAttrInfo &A) {
4543     if (A.IsTargetSpecific && !A.existsInTarget(Context.getTargetInfo()))
4544       return;
4545     if (!A.acceptsLangOpts(getLangOpts()))
4546       return;
4547     for (const auto &S : A.Spellings) {
4548       if (S.Syntax != Syntax)
4549         continue;
4550       llvm::StringRef Name = S.NormalizedFullName;
4551       llvm::StringRef Scope;
4552       if ((Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 ||
4553            Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C2x)) {
4554         std::tie(Scope, Name) = Name.split("::");
4555         if (Name.empty()) // oops, unscoped
4556           std::swap(Name, Scope);
4557       }
4558 
4559       // Do we just want a list of scopes rather than attributes?
4560       if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::Scope) {
4561         // Make sure to emit each scope only once.
4562         if (!Scope.empty() && FoundScopes.insert(Scope).second) {
4563           Results.AddResult(
4564               CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Scope)));
4565           // Include alternate form (__gnu__ instead of gnu).
4566           if (const char *Scope2 = underscoreAttrScope(Scope))
4567             Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Scope2));
4568         }
4569         continue;
4570       }
4571 
4572       // If a scope was specified, it must match but we don't need to print it.
4573       if (!InScopeName.empty()) {
4574         if (Scope != InScopeName)
4575           continue;
4576         Scope = "";
4577       }
4578 
4579       auto Add = [&](llvm::StringRef Scope, llvm::StringRef Name,
4580                      bool Underscores) {
4581         CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4582                                       Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4583         llvm::SmallString<32> Text;
4584         if (!Scope.empty()) {
4585           Text.append(Scope);
4586           Text.append("::");
4587         }
4588         if (Underscores)
4589           Text.append("__");
4590         Text.append(Name);
4591         if (Underscores)
4592           Text.append("__");
4593         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Text));
4594 
4595         if (!A.ArgNames.empty()) {
4596           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen, "(");
4597           bool First = true;
4598           for (const char *Arg : A.ArgNames) {
4599             if (!First)
4600               Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma, ", ");
4601             First = false;
4602             Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Arg);
4603           }
4604           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen, ")");
4605         }
4606 
4607         Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
4608       };
4609 
4610       // Generate the non-underscore-guarded result.
4611       // Note this is (a suffix of) the NormalizedFullName, no need to copy.
4612       // If an underscore-guarded scope was specified, only the
4613       // underscore-guarded attribute name is relevant.
4614       if (!InScopeUnderscore)
4615         Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/false);
4616 
4617       // Generate the underscore-guarded version, for syntaxes that support it.
4618       // We skip this if the scope was already spelled and not guarded, or
4619       // we must spell it and can't guard it.
4620       if (!(InScope && !InScopeUnderscore) && SyntaxSupportsGuards) {
4621         llvm::SmallString<32> Guarded;
4622         if (Scope.empty()) {
4623           Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true);
4624         } else {
4625           const char *GuardedScope = underscoreAttrScope(Scope);
4626           if (!GuardedScope)
4627             continue;
4628           Add(GuardedScope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true);
4629         }
4630       }
4631 
4632       // It may be nice to include the Kind so we can look up the docs later.
4633     }
4634   };
4635 
4636   for (const auto *A : ParsedAttrInfo::getAllBuiltin())
4637     AddCompletions(*A);
4638   for (const auto &Entry : ParsedAttrInfoRegistry::entries())
4639     AddCompletions(*Entry.instantiate());
4640 
4641   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4642                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4643 }
4644 
4645 struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData {
4646   CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(),
4647                              bool IsParenthesized = false)
4648       : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false),
4649         ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {}
4650 
4651   QualType PreferredType;
4652   bool IntegralConstantExpression;
4653   bool ObjCCollection;
4654   bool IsParenthesized;
4655   SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls;
4656 };
4657 
4658 namespace {
4659 /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators.
4660 struct CoveredEnumerators {
4661   llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen;
4662   NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr;
4663 };
4664 } // namespace
4665 
4666 static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context,
4667                            EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext,
4668                            const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) {
4669   NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier;
4670   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) {
4671     // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to
4672     // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they
4673     // may not be visible in this scope.
4674     Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum);
4675   }
4676 
4677   Results.EnterNewScope();
4678   for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) {
4679     if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E))
4680       continue;
4681 
4682     CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier);
4683     Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false);
4684   }
4685   Results.ExitScope();
4686 }
4687 
4688 /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g.
4689 /// function pointers, std::function, etc).
4690 static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) {
4691   assert(!T.isNull());
4692   // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar.
4693   // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote.
4694   // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl.
4695   if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
4696     if (Specialization->template_arguments().size() != 1)
4697       return nullptr;
4698     const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->template_arguments()[0];
4699     if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type)
4700       return nullptr;
4701     return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4702   }
4703   // Handle other cases.
4704   if (T->isPointerType())
4705     T = T->getPointeeType();
4706   return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4707 }
4708 
4709 /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified
4710 /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names.
4711 static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results,
4712                                 llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters,
4713                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
4714   if (!Results.includeCodePatterns())
4715     return;
4716   CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(),
4717                                    Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4718   // [](<parameters>) {}
4719   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
4720   Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("=");
4721   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
4722   if (!Parameters.empty()) {
4723     Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4724     bool First = true;
4725     for (auto Parameter : Parameters) {
4726       if (!First)
4727         Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma);
4728       else
4729         First = false;
4730 
4731       constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!";
4732       std::string Type = std::string(NamePlaceholder);
4733       Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts));
4734       llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix;
4735       std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder);
4736       Prefix = Prefix.rtrim();
4737       Suffix = Suffix.ltrim();
4738 
4739       Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix));
4740       Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4741       Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
4742       Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix));
4743     };
4744     Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4745   }
4746   Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4747   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
4748   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4749   Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body");
4750   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4751   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
4752 
4753   Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString());
4754 }
4755 
4756 /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what
4757 /// type we're looking for.
4758 void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
4759                                   const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) {
4760   ResultBuilder Results(
4761       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4762       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4763       CodeCompletionContext(
4764           Data.IsParenthesized
4765               ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression
4766               : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
4767           Data.PreferredType));
4768   auto PCC =
4769       Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression;
4770   if (Data.ObjCCollection)
4771     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection);
4772   else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
4773     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue);
4774   else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts()))
4775     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
4776   else
4777     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);
4778 
4779   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull())
4780     Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType());
4781 
4782   // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about.
4783   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I)
4784     Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]);
4785 
4786   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4787   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
4788                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4789                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4790 
4791   Results.EnterNewScope();
4792   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results);
4793   Results.ExitScope();
4794 
4795   bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false;
4796   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) {
4797     PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() ||
4798                              Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() ||
4799                              Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType();
4800     if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) {
4801       EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
4802       if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
4803         Enum = Def;
4804       // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like:
4805       //        if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {}
4806       AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators());
4807     }
4808   }
4809 
4810   if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection &&
4811       !Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
4812     AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
4813 
4814   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
4815     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false,
4816                     PreferredTypeIsPointer);
4817 
4818   // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function.
4819   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
4820     if (const FunctionProtoType *F =
4821             TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType))
4822       AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts());
4823   }
4824 
4825   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4826                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4827 }
4828 
4829 void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType,
4830                                   bool IsParenthesized) {
4831   return CodeCompleteExpression(
4832       S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized));
4833 }
4834 
4835 void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E,
4836                                          QualType PreferredType) {
4837   if (E.isInvalid())
4838     CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
4839   else if (getLangOpts().ObjC)
4840     CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), std::nullopt, false);
4841 }
4842 
4843 /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by
4844 /// property name.
4845 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet;
4846 
4847 /// Retrieve the container definition, if any?
4848 static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) {
4849   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
4850     if (Interface->hasDefinition())
4851       return Interface->getDefinition();
4852 
4853     return Interface;
4854   }
4855 
4856   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
4857     if (Protocol->hasDefinition())
4858       return Protocol->getDefinition();
4859 
4860     return Protocol;
4861   }
4862   return Container;
4863 }
4864 
4865 /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block
4866 /// declaration \p BD.
4867 static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
4868                              CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
4869                              const NamedDecl *BD,
4870                              const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc,
4871                              const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) {
4872   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
4873       GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context,
4874                               Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
4875 
4876   AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder);
4877   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4878 
4879   if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) {
4880     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
4881   } else {
4882     for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
4883       if (I)
4884         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
4885 
4886       // Format the placeholder string.
4887       std::string PlaceholderStr =
4888           FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I));
4889 
4890       if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc &&
4891           BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
4892         PlaceholderStr += ", ...";
4893 
4894       // Add the placeholder string.
4895       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4896           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
4897     }
4898   }
4899 
4900   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4901 }
4902 
4903 static void
4904 AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
4905                   ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories,
4906                   bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext,
4907                   AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results,
4908                   bool IsBaseExprStatement = false,
4909                   bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) {
4910   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4911 
4912   // Retrieve the definition.
4913   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
4914 
4915   // Add properties in this container.
4916   const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) {
4917     if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second)
4918       return;
4919 
4920     // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement
4921     // expressions.
4922     if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() ||
4923         !IsBaseExprStatement) {
4924       Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
4925       if (!InOriginalClass)
4926         setInBaseClass(R);
4927       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4928       return;
4929     }
4930 
4931     // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able
4932     // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block.
4933     FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc;
4934     FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc;
4935     findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc,
4936                                  BlockProtoLoc);
4937     if (!BlockLoc) {
4938       Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
4939       if (!InOriginalClass)
4940         setInBaseClass(R);
4941       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4942       return;
4943     }
4944 
4945     // The default completion result for block properties should be the block
4946     // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement.
4947     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4948                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4949     AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(),
4950                      getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P,
4951                      BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc);
4952     Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P));
4953     if (!InOriginalClass)
4954       setInBaseClass(R);
4955     Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4956 
4957     // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a
4958     // statement and the block property is mutable.
4959     if (!P->isReadOnly()) {
4960       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4961                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4962       AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(),
4963                          getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P,
4964                          CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
4965       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4966           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName()));
4967       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
4968 
4969       std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder(
4970           getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc,
4971           BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true);
4972       // Add the placeholder string.
4973       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4974           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
4975 
4976       // When completing blocks properties that return void the default
4977       // property completion result should show up before the setter,
4978       // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default
4979       // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the
4980       // call.
4981       Result R =
4982           Result(Builder.TakeString(), P,
4983                  Results.getBasePriority(P) +
4984                      (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType()
4985                           ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter
4986                           : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter));
4987       if (!InOriginalClass)
4988         setInBaseClass(R);
4989       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4990     }
4991   };
4992 
4993   if (IsClassProperty) {
4994     for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties())
4995       AddProperty(P);
4996   } else {
4997     for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties())
4998       AddProperty(P);
4999   }
5000 
5001   // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties
5002   if (AllowNullaryMethods) {
5003     ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext();
5004     PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());
5005     // Adds a method result
5006     const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) {
5007       IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
5008       if (!Name)
5009         return;
5010       if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second)
5011         return;
5012       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
5013                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
5014       AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
5015       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
5016           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName()));
5017       Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M,
5018                         CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty);
5019       if (!InOriginalClass)
5020         setInBaseClass(R);
5021       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
5022     };
5023 
5024     if (IsClassProperty) {
5025       for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) {
5026         // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property
5027         // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't
5028         // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter.
5029         if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() ||
5030             M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod())
5031           continue;
5032         AddMethod(M);
5033       }
5034     } else {
5035       for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
5036         if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector())
5037           AddMethod(M);
5038       }
5039     }
5040   }
5041 
5042   // Add properties in referenced protocols.
5043   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
5044     for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols())
5045       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5046                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5047                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5048                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5049   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace =
5050                  dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
5051     if (AllowCategories) {
5052       // Look through categories.
5053       for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories())
5054         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5055                           CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5056                           IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5057                           InOriginalClass);
5058     }
5059 
5060     // Look through protocols.
5061     for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols())
5062       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5063                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5064                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5065                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5066 
5067     // Look in the superclass.
5068     if (IFace->getSuperClass())
5069       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories,
5070                         AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties,
5071                         Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5072                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5073   } else if (const auto *Category =
5074                  dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
5075     // Look through protocols.
5076     for (auto *P : Category->protocols())
5077       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5078                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5079                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5080                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5081   }
5082 }
5083 
5084 static void
5085 AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results,
5086                                   Scope *S, QualType BaseType,
5087                                   ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD,
5088                                   std::optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) {
5089   // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers
5090   // for the base object type.
5091   Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind);
5092 
5093   // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union.
5094   Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
5095   std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
5096   if (AccessOpFixIt)
5097     FixIts.emplace_back(*AccessOpFixIt);
5098   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts));
5099   SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer,
5100                              SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5101                              /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
5102                              SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5103 
5104   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5105     if (!Results.empty()) {
5106       // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar.
5107       // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something
5108       // is dependent.
5109       bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType();
5110       if (!IsDependent) {
5111         for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent())
5112           if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) {
5113             IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext();
5114             break;
5115           }
5116       }
5117 
5118       if (IsDependent)
5119         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template"));
5120     }
5121   }
5122 }
5123 
5124 // Returns the RecordDecl inside the BaseType, falling back to primary template
5125 // in case of specializations. Since we might not have a decl for the
5126 // instantiation/specialization yet, e.g. dependent code.
5127 static RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl(QualType BaseType) {
5128   BaseType = BaseType.getNonReferenceType();
5129   if (auto *RD = BaseType->getAsRecordDecl()) {
5130     if (const auto *CTSD =
5131             llvm::dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
5132       // Template might not be instantiated yet, fall back to primary template
5133       // in such cases.
5134       if (CTSD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared)
5135         RD = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl();
5136     }
5137     return RD;
5138   }
5139 
5140   if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
5141     if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(
5142             TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl())) {
5143       return TD->getTemplatedDecl();
5144     }
5145   }
5146 
5147   return nullptr;
5148 }
5149 
5150 namespace {
5151 // Collects completion-relevant information about a concept-constrainted type T.
5152 // In particular, examines the constraint expressions to find members of T.
5153 //
5154 // The design is very simple: we walk down each constraint looking for
5155 // expressions of the form T.foo().
5156 // If we're extra lucky, the return type is specified.
5157 // We don't do any clever handling of && or || in constraint expressions, we
5158 // take members from both branches.
5159 //
5160 // For example, given:
5161 //   template <class T> concept X = requires (T t, string& s) { t.print(s); };
5162 //   template <X U> void foo(U u) { u.^ }
5163 // We want to suggest the inferred member function 'print(string)'.
5164 // We see that u has type U, so X<U> holds.
5165 // X<U> requires t.print(s) to be valid, where t has type U (substituted for T).
5166 // By looking at the CallExpr we find the signature of print().
5167 //
5168 // While we tend to know in advance which kind of members (access via . -> ::)
5169 // we want, it's simpler just to gather them all and post-filter.
5170 //
5171 // FIXME: some of this machinery could be used for non-concept type-parms too,
5172 // enabling completion for type parameters based on other uses of that param.
5173 //
5174 // FIXME: there are other cases where a type can be constrained by a concept,
5175 // e.g. inside `if constexpr(ConceptSpecializationExpr) { ... }`
5176 class ConceptInfo {
5177 public:
5178   // Describes a likely member of a type, inferred by concept constraints.
5179   // Offered as a code completion for T. T-> and T:: contexts.
5180   struct Member {
5181     // Always non-null: we only handle members with ordinary identifier names.
5182     const IdentifierInfo *Name = nullptr;
5183     // Set for functions we've seen called.
5184     // We don't have the declared parameter types, only the actual types of
5185     // arguments we've seen. These are still valuable, as it's hard to render
5186     // a useful function completion with neither parameter types nor names!
5187     std::optional<SmallVector<QualType, 1>> ArgTypes;
5188     // Whether this is accessed as T.member, T->member, or T::member.
5189     enum AccessOperator {
5190       Colons,
5191       Arrow,
5192       Dot,
5193     } Operator = Dot;
5194     // What's known about the type of a variable or return type of a function.
5195     const TypeConstraint *ResultType = nullptr;
5196     // FIXME: also track:
5197     //   - kind of entity (function/variable/type), to expose structured results
5198     //   - template args kinds/types, as a proxy for template params
5199 
5200     // For now we simply return these results as "pattern" strings.
5201     CodeCompletionString *render(Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Alloc,
5202                                  CodeCompletionTUInfo &Info) const {
5203       CodeCompletionBuilder B(Alloc, Info);
5204       // Result type
5205       if (ResultType) {
5206         std::string AsString;
5207         {
5208           llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(AsString);
5209           QualType ExactType = deduceType(*ResultType);
5210           if (!ExactType.isNull())
5211             ExactType.print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
5212           else
5213             ResultType->print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
5214         }
5215         B.AddResultTypeChunk(Alloc.CopyString(AsString));
5216       }
5217       // Member name
5218       B.AddTypedTextChunk(Alloc.CopyString(Name->getName()));
5219       // Function argument list
5220       if (ArgTypes) {
5221         B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
5222         bool First = true;
5223         for (QualType Arg : *ArgTypes) {
5224           if (First)
5225             First = false;
5226           else {
5227             B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
5228             B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
5229           }
5230           B.AddPlaceholderChunk(Alloc.CopyString(
5231               Arg.getAsString(getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S))));
5232         }
5233         B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
5234       }
5235       return B.TakeString();
5236     }
5237   };
5238 
5239   // BaseType is the type parameter T to infer members from.
5240   // T must be accessible within S, as we use it to find the template entity
5241   // that T is attached to in order to gather the relevant constraints.
5242   ConceptInfo(const TemplateTypeParmType &BaseType, Scope *S) {
5243     auto *TemplatedEntity = getTemplatedEntity(BaseType.getDecl(), S);
5244     for (const Expr *E : constraintsForTemplatedEntity(TemplatedEntity))
5245       believe(E, &BaseType);
5246   }
5247 
5248   std::vector<Member> members() {
5249     std::vector<Member> Results;
5250     for (const auto &E : this->Results)
5251       Results.push_back(E.second);
5252     llvm::sort(Results, [](const Member &L, const Member &R) {
5253       return L.Name->getName() < R.Name->getName();
5254     });
5255     return Results;
5256   }
5257 
5258 private:
5259   // Infer members of T, given that the expression E (dependent on T) is true.
5260   void believe(const Expr *E, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) {
5261     if (!E || !T)
5262       return;
5263     if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(E)) {
5264       // If the concept is
5265       //   template <class A, class B> concept CD = f<A, B>();
5266       // And the concept specialization is
5267       //   CD<int, T>
5268       // Then we're substituting T for B, so we want to make f<A, B>() true
5269       // by adding members to B - i.e. believe(f<A, B>(), B);
5270       //
5271       // For simplicity:
5272       // - we don't attempt to substitute int for A
5273       // - when T is used in other ways (like CD<T*>) we ignore it
5274       ConceptDecl *CD = CSE->getNamedConcept();
5275       TemplateParameterList *Params = CD->getTemplateParameters();
5276       unsigned Index = 0;
5277       for (const auto &Arg : CSE->getTemplateArguments()) {
5278         if (Index >= Params->size())
5279           break; // Won't happen in valid code.
5280         if (isApprox(Arg, T)) {
5281           auto *TTPD = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Params->getParam(Index));
5282           if (!TTPD)
5283             continue;
5284           // T was used as an argument, and bound to the parameter TT.
5285           auto *TT = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(TTPD->getTypeForDecl());
5286           // So now we know the constraint as a function of TT is true.
5287           believe(CD->getConstraintExpr(), TT);
5288           // (concepts themselves have no associated constraints to require)
5289         }
5290 
5291         ++Index;
5292       }
5293     } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5294       // For A && B, we can infer members from both branches.
5295       // For A || B, the union is still more useful than the intersection.
5296       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || BO->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
5297         believe(BO->getLHS(), T);
5298         believe(BO->getRHS(), T);
5299       }
5300     } else if (auto *RE = dyn_cast<RequiresExpr>(E)) {
5301       // A requires(){...} lets us infer members from each requirement.
5302       for (const concepts::Requirement *Req : RE->getRequirements()) {
5303         if (!Req->isDependent())
5304           continue; // Can't tell us anything about T.
5305         // Now Req cannot a substitution-error: those aren't dependent.
5306 
5307         if (auto *TR = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Req)) {
5308           // Do a full traversal so we get `foo` from `typename T::foo::bar`.
5309           QualType AssertedType = TR->getType()->getType();
5310           ValidVisitor(this, T).TraverseType(AssertedType);
5311         } else if (auto *ER = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Req)) {
5312           ValidVisitor Visitor(this, T);
5313           // If we have a type constraint on the value of the expression,
5314           // AND the whole outer expression describes a member, then we'll
5315           // be able to use the constraint to provide the return type.
5316           if (ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().isTypeConstraint()) {
5317             Visitor.OuterType =
5318                 ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().getTypeConstraint();
5319             Visitor.OuterExpr = ER->getExpr();
5320           }
5321           Visitor.TraverseStmt(ER->getExpr());
5322         } else if (auto *NR = dyn_cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Req)) {
5323           believe(NR->getConstraintExpr(), T);
5324         }
5325       }
5326     }
5327   }
5328 
5329   // This visitor infers members of T based on traversing expressions/types
5330   // that involve T. It is invoked with code known to be valid for T.
5331   class ValidVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ValidVisitor> {
5332     ConceptInfo *Outer;
5333     const TemplateTypeParmType *T;
5334 
5335     CallExpr *Caller = nullptr;
5336     Expr *Callee = nullptr;
5337 
5338   public:
5339     // If set, OuterExpr is constrained by OuterType.
5340     Expr *OuterExpr = nullptr;
5341     const TypeConstraint *OuterType = nullptr;
5342 
5343     ValidVisitor(ConceptInfo *Outer, const TemplateTypeParmType *T)
5344         : Outer(Outer), T(T) {
5345       assert(T);
5346     }
5347 
5348     // In T.foo or T->foo, `foo` is a member function/variable.
5349     bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
5350       const Type *Base = E->getBaseType().getTypePtr();
5351       bool IsArrow = E->isArrow();
5352       if (Base->isPointerType() && IsArrow) {
5353         IsArrow = false;
5354         Base = Base->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5355       }
5356       if (isApprox(Base, T))
5357         addValue(E, E->getMember(), IsArrow ? Member::Arrow : Member::Dot);
5358       return true;
5359     }
5360 
5361     // In T::foo, `foo` is a static member function/variable.
5362     bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
5363       if (E->getQualifier() && isApprox(E->getQualifier()->getAsType(), T))
5364         addValue(E, E->getDeclName(), Member::Colons);
5365       return true;
5366     }
5367 
5368     // In T::typename foo, `foo` is a type.
5369     bool VisitDependentNameType(DependentNameType *DNT) {
5370       const auto *Q = DNT->getQualifier();
5371       if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
5372         addType(DNT->getIdentifier());
5373       return true;
5374     }
5375 
5376     // In T::foo::bar, `foo` must be a type.
5377     // VisitNNS() doesn't exist, and TraverseNNS isn't always called :-(
5378     bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSL) {
5379       if (NNSL) {
5380         NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSL.getNestedNameSpecifier();
5381         const auto *Q = NNS->getPrefix();
5382         if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
5383           addType(NNS->getAsIdentifier());
5384       }
5385       // FIXME: also handle T::foo<X>::bar
5386       return RecursiveASTVisitor::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSL);
5387     }
5388 
5389     // FIXME also handle T::foo<X>
5390 
5391     // Track the innermost caller/callee relationship so we can tell if a
5392     // nested expr is being called as a function.
5393     bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
5394       Caller = CE;
5395       Callee = CE->getCallee();
5396       return true;
5397     }
5398 
5399   private:
5400     void addResult(Member &&M) {
5401       auto R = Outer->Results.try_emplace(M.Name);
5402       Member &O = R.first->second;
5403       // Overwrite existing if the new member has more info.
5404       // The preference of . vs :: vs -> is fairly arbitrary.
5405       if (/*Inserted*/ R.second ||
5406           std::make_tuple(M.ArgTypes.has_value(), M.ResultType != nullptr,
5407                           M.Operator) > std::make_tuple(O.ArgTypes.has_value(),
5408                                                         O.ResultType != nullptr,
5409                                                         O.Operator))
5410         O = std::move(M);
5411     }
5412 
5413     void addType(const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
5414       if (!Name)
5415         return;
5416       Member M;
5417       M.Name = Name;
5418       M.Operator = Member::Colons;
5419       addResult(std::move(M));
5420     }
5421 
5422     void addValue(Expr *E, DeclarationName Name,
5423                   Member::AccessOperator Operator) {
5424       if (!Name.isIdentifier())
5425         return;
5426       Member Result;
5427       Result.Name = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5428       Result.Operator = Operator;
5429       // If this is the callee of an immediately-enclosing CallExpr, then
5430       // treat it as a method, otherwise it's a variable.
5431       if (Caller != nullptr && Callee == E) {
5432         Result.ArgTypes.emplace();
5433         for (const auto *Arg : Caller->arguments())
5434           Result.ArgTypes->push_back(Arg->getType());
5435         if (Caller == OuterExpr) {
5436           Result.ResultType = OuterType;
5437         }
5438       } else {
5439         if (E == OuterExpr)
5440           Result.ResultType = OuterType;
5441       }
5442       addResult(std::move(Result));
5443     }
5444   };
5445 
5446   static bool isApprox(const TemplateArgument &Arg, const Type *T) {
5447     return Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&
5448            isApprox(Arg.getAsType().getTypePtr(), T);
5449   }
5450 
5451   static bool isApprox(const Type *T1, const Type *T2) {
5452     return T1 && T2 &&
5453            T1->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() ==
5454                T2->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified();
5455   }
5456 
5457   // Returns the DeclContext immediately enclosed by the template parameter
5458   // scope. For primary templates, this is the templated (e.g.) CXXRecordDecl.
5459   // For specializations, this is e.g. ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl.
5460   static DeclContext *getTemplatedEntity(const TemplateTypeParmDecl *D,
5461                                          Scope *S) {
5462     if (D == nullptr)
5463       return nullptr;
5464     Scope *Inner = nullptr;
5465     while (S) {
5466       if (S->isTemplateParamScope() && S->isDeclScope(D))
5467         return Inner ? Inner->getEntity() : nullptr;
5468       Inner = S;
5469       S = S->getParent();
5470     }
5471     return nullptr;
5472   }
5473 
5474   // Gets all the type constraint expressions that might apply to the type
5475   // variables associated with DC (as returned by getTemplatedEntity()).
5476   static SmallVector<const Expr *, 1>
5477   constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DeclContext *DC) {
5478     SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> Result;
5479     if (DC == nullptr)
5480       return Result;
5481     // Primary templates can have constraints.
5482     if (const auto *TD = cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplate())
5483       TD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5484     // Partial specializations may have constraints.
5485     if (const auto *CTPSD =
5486             dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
5487       CTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5488     if (const auto *VTPSD = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
5489       VTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5490     return Result;
5491   }
5492 
5493   // Attempt to find the unique type satisfying a constraint.
5494   // This lets us show e.g. `int` instead of `std::same_as<int>`.
5495   static QualType deduceType(const TypeConstraint &T) {
5496     // Assume a same_as<T> return type constraint is std::same_as or equivalent.
5497     // In this case the return type is T.
5498     DeclarationName DN = T.getNamedConcept()->getDeclName();
5499     if (DN.isIdentifier() && DN.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("same_as"))
5500       if (const auto *Args = T.getTemplateArgsAsWritten())
5501         if (Args->getNumTemplateArgs() == 1) {
5502           const auto &Arg = Args->arguments().front().getArgument();
5503           if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
5504             return Arg.getAsType();
5505         }
5506     return {};
5507   }
5508 
5509   llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Member> Results;
5510 };
5511 
5512 // Returns a type for E that yields acceptable member completions.
5513 // In particular, when E->getType() is DependentTy, try to guess a likely type.
5514 // We accept some lossiness (like dropping parameters).
5515 // We only try to handle common expressions on the LHS of MemberExpr.
5516 QualType getApproximateType(const Expr *E) {
5517   if (E->getType().isNull())
5518     return QualType();
5519   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5520   QualType Unresolved = E->getType();
5521   // We only resolve DependentTy, or undeduced autos (including auto* etc).
5522   if (!Unresolved->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Dependent)) {
5523     AutoType *Auto = Unresolved->getContainedAutoType();
5524     if (!Auto || !Auto->isUndeducedAutoType())
5525       return Unresolved;
5526   }
5527   // A call: approximate-resolve callee to a function type, get its return type
5528   if (const CallExpr *CE = llvm::dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5529     QualType Callee = getApproximateType(CE->getCallee());
5530     if (Callee.isNull() ||
5531         Callee->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::BoundMember))
5532       Callee = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CE->getCallee());
5533     if (Callee.isNull())
5534       return Unresolved;
5535 
5536     if (const auto *FnTypePtr = Callee->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5537       Callee = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5538     } else if (const auto *BPT = Callee->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5539       Callee = BPT->getPointeeType();
5540     }
5541     if (const FunctionType *FnType = Callee->getAs<FunctionType>())
5542       return FnType->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType();
5543 
5544     // Unresolved call: try to guess the return type.
5545     if (const auto *OE = llvm::dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(CE->getCallee())) {
5546       // If all candidates have the same approximate return type, use it.
5547       // Discard references and const to allow more to be "the same".
5548       // (In particular, if there's one candidate + ADL, resolve it).
5549       const Type *Common = nullptr;
5550       for (const auto *D : OE->decls()) {
5551         QualType ReturnType;
5552         if (const auto *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5553           ReturnType = FD->getReturnType();
5554         else if (const auto *FTD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
5555           ReturnType = FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType();
5556         if (ReturnType.isNull())
5557           continue;
5558         const Type *Candidate =
5559             ReturnType.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr();
5560         if (Common && Common != Candidate)
5561           return Unresolved; // Multiple candidates.
5562         Common = Candidate;
5563       }
5564       if (Common != nullptr)
5565         return QualType(Common, 0);
5566     }
5567   }
5568   // A dependent member: approximate-resolve the base, then lookup.
5569   if (const auto *CDSME = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E)) {
5570     QualType Base = CDSME->isImplicitAccess()
5571                         ? CDSME->getBaseType()
5572                         : getApproximateType(CDSME->getBase());
5573     if (CDSME->isArrow() && !Base.isNull())
5574       Base = Base->getPointeeType(); // could handle unique_ptr etc here?
5575     auto *RD =
5576         Base.isNull()
5577             ? nullptr
5578             : llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(getAsRecordDecl(Base));
5579     if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
5580       // Look up member heuristically, including in bases.
5581       for (const auto *Member : RD->lookupDependentName(
5582                CDSME->getMember(), [](const NamedDecl *Member) {
5583                  return llvm::isa<ValueDecl>(Member);
5584                })) {
5585         return llvm::cast<ValueDecl>(Member)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
5586       }
5587     }
5588   }
5589   // A reference to an `auto` variable: approximate-resolve its initializer.
5590   if (const auto *DRE = llvm::dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
5591     if (const auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
5592       if (VD->hasInit())
5593         return getApproximateType(VD->getInit());
5594     }
5595   }
5596   return Unresolved;
5597 }
5598 
5599 // If \p Base is ParenListExpr, assume a chain of comma operators and pick the
5600 // last expr. We expect other ParenListExprs to be resolved to e.g. constructor
5601 // calls before here. (So the ParenListExpr should be nonempty, but check just
5602 // in case)
5603 Expr *unwrapParenList(Expr *Base) {
5604   if (auto *PLE = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Base)) {
5605     if (PLE->getNumExprs() == 0)
5606       return nullptr;
5607     Base = PLE->getExpr(PLE->getNumExprs() - 1);
5608   }
5609   return Base;
5610 }
5611 
5612 } // namespace
5613 
5614 void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5615                                            Expr *OtherOpBase,
5616                                            SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
5617                                            bool IsBaseExprStatement,
5618                                            QualType PreferredType) {
5619   Base = unwrapParenList(Base);
5620   OtherOpBase = unwrapParenList(OtherOpBase);
5621   if (!Base || !CodeCompleter)
5622     return;
5623 
5624   ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
5625   if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
5626     return;
5627   QualType ConvertedBaseType = getApproximateType(ConvertedBase.get());
5628 
5629   enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind;
5630 
5631   if (IsArrow) {
5632     if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5633       ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5634   }
5635 
5636   if (IsArrow) {
5637     contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess;
5638   } else {
5639     if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
5640         ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5641       contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess;
5642     } else {
5643       contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess;
5644     }
5645   }
5646 
5647   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType);
5648   CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
5649   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5650                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
5651                         &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
5652 
5653   auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow,
5654                           std::optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool {
5655     if (!Base)
5656       return false;
5657 
5658     ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
5659     if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
5660       return false;
5661     Base = ConvertedBase.get();
5662 
5663     QualType BaseType = getApproximateType(Base);
5664     if (BaseType.isNull())
5665       return false;
5666     ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind();
5667 
5668     if (IsArrow) {
5669       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5670         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5671         BaseKind = VK_LValue;
5672       } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
5673                  BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType()) {
5674         // Both cases (dot/arrow) handled below.
5675       } else {
5676         return false;
5677       }
5678     }
5679 
5680     if (RecordDecl *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType)) {
5681       AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind,
5682                                         RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt));
5683     } else if (const auto *TTPT =
5684                    dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(BaseType.getTypePtr())) {
5685       auto Operator =
5686           IsArrow ? ConceptInfo::Member::Arrow : ConceptInfo::Member::Dot;
5687       for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
5688         if (R.Operator != Operator)
5689           continue;
5690         CodeCompletionResult Result(
5691             R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5692                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()));
5693         if (AccessOpFixIt)
5694           Result.FixIts.push_back(*AccessOpFixIt);
5695         Results.AddResult(std::move(Result));
5696       }
5697     } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5698       // Objective-C property reference. Bail if we're performing fix-it code
5699       // completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by ivars,
5700       // most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
5701       if (AccessOpFixIt) {
5702         return false;
5703       }
5704       AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
5705 
5706       if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
5707               BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
5708         // Add property results based on our interface.
5709         assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!");
5710         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true,
5711                           /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext,
5712                           AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement);
5713       }
5714 
5715       // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface.
5716       for (auto *I : BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals())
5717         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true,
5718                           CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5719                           IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false,
5720                           /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5721     } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
5722                (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) {
5723       // Objective-C instance variable access. Bail if we're performing fix-it
5724       // code completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by
5725       // ivars, most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
5726       if (AccessOpFixIt) {
5727         return false;
5728       }
5729       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
5730       if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
5731               BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
5732         Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl();
5733       else
5734         Class = BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();
5735 
5736       // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses.
5737       if (Class) {
5738         CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType);
5739         Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar);
5740         LookupVisibleDecls(
5741             Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5742             /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5743       }
5744     }
5745 
5746     // FIXME: How do we cope with isa?
5747     return true;
5748   };
5749 
5750   Results.EnterNewScope();
5751 
5752   bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, std::nullopt);
5753   if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) {
5754     const CharSourceRange OpRange =
5755         CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc);
5756     CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion(
5757         OtherOpBase, !IsArrow,
5758         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->"));
5759   }
5760 
5761   Results.ExitScope();
5762 
5763   if (!CompletionSucceded)
5764     return;
5765 
5766   // Hand off the results found for code completion.
5767   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5768                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5769 }
5770 
5771 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S,
5772                                                 IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
5773                                                 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
5774                                                 bool IsBaseExprStatement) {
5775   IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName;
5776   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc);
5777   if (!IFace)
5778     return;
5779   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(
5780       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess);
5781   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5782                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
5783                         &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
5784   Results.EnterNewScope();
5785   AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
5786   AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true,
5787                     /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties,
5788                     Results, IsBaseExprStatement,
5789                     /*IsClassProperty=*/true);
5790   Results.ExitScope();
5791   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5792                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5793 }
5794 
5795 void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) {
5796   if (!CodeCompleter)
5797     return;
5798 
5799   ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr;
5800   enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind =
5801       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;
5802   switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) {
5803   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
5804     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum;
5805     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag;
5806     break;
5807 
5808   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
5809     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion;
5810     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag;
5811     break;
5812 
5813   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
5814   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
5815   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
5816     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct;
5817     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag;
5818     break;
5819 
5820   default:
5821     llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag");
5822   }
5823 
5824   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5825                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind);
5826   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
5827 
5828   // First pass: look for tags.
5829   Results.setFilter(Filter);
5830   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer,
5831                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5832                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5833 
5834   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
5835     // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers.
5836     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
5837     LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
5838                        CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5839                        CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5840   }
5841 
5842   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5843                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5844 }
5845 
5846 static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results,
5847                                     const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
5848   if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const))
5849     Results.AddResult("const");
5850   if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile))
5851     Results.AddResult("volatile");
5852   if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict))
5853     Results.AddResult("restrict");
5854   if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic))
5855     Results.AddResult("_Atomic");
5856   if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned))
5857     Results.AddResult("__unaligned");
5858 }
5859 
5860 void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) {
5861   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5862                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5863                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
5864   Results.EnterNewScope();
5865   AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
5866   Results.ExitScope();
5867   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5868                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5869 }
5870 
5871 void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
5872                                           const VirtSpecifiers *VS) {
5873   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5874                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5875                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
5876   Results.EnterNewScope();
5877   AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
5878   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
5879     Results.AddResult("noexcept");
5880     if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member && !D.isCtorOrDtor() &&
5881         !D.isStaticMember()) {
5882       if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified())
5883         Results.AddResult("final");
5884       if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified())
5885         Results.AddResult("override");
5886     }
5887   }
5888   Results.ExitScope();
5889   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5890                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5891 }
5892 
5893 void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) {
5894   CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType()));
5895 }
5896 
5897 void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) {
5898   if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter)
5899     return;
5900 
5901   SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer();
5902   // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case.
5903   if (!Switch->getCond())
5904     return;
5905   QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType();
5906   if (!type->isEnumeralType()) {
5907     CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type);
5908     Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true;
5909     CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
5910     return;
5911   }
5912 
5913   // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type
5914   // by providing the list of
5915   EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
5916   if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
5917     Enum = Def;
5918 
5919   // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement.
5920   // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion
5921   // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not
5922   // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment.
5923   CoveredEnumerators Enumerators;
5924   for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
5925        SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
5926     CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC);
5927     if (!Case)
5928       continue;
5929 
5930     Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
5931     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal))
5932       if (auto *Enumerator =
5933               dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
5934         // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which
5935         // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of
5936         // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the
5937         // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not
5938         // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a
5939         // template are type- and value-dependent.
5940         Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator);
5941 
5942         // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier
5943         // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g.,
5944         //
5945         //   switch (TagD.getKind()) {
5946         //     case TagDecl::TK_enum:
5947         //       break;
5948         //     case XXX
5949         //
5950         // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union,
5951         // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union,
5952         // TK_struct, and TK_class.
5953         Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier();
5954       }
5955   }
5956 
5957   // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned.
5958   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5959                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5960                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression);
5961   AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators);
5962 
5963   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) {
5964     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
5965   }
5966   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5967                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5968 }
5969 
5970 static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
5971   if (Args.size() && !Args.data())
5972     return true;
5973 
5974   for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I)
5975     if (!Args[I])
5976       return true;
5977 
5978   return false;
5979 }
5980 
5981 typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate;
5982 
5983 static void mergeCandidatesWithResults(
5984     Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results,
5985     OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc, size_t ArgSize) {
5986   // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first.
5987   llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X,
5988                                       const OverloadCandidate &Y) {
5989     return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc,
5990                                      CandidateSet.getKind());
5991   });
5992 
5993   // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results.
5994   for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) {
5995     if (Candidate.Function) {
5996       if (Candidate.Function->isDeleted())
5997         continue;
5998       if (shouldEnforceArgLimit(/*PartialOverloading=*/true,
5999                                 Candidate.Function) &&
6000           Candidate.Function->getNumParams() <= ArgSize &&
6001           // Having zero args is annoying, normally we don't surface a function
6002           // with 2 params, if you already have 2 params, because you are
6003           // inserting the 3rd now. But with zero, it helps the user to figure
6004           // out there are no overloads that take any arguments. Hence we are
6005           // keeping the overload.
6006           ArgSize > 0)
6007         continue;
6008     }
6009     if (Candidate.Viable)
6010       Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function));
6011   }
6012 }
6013 
6014 /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload
6015 /// candidates.
6016 static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef,
6017                              ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) {
6018 
6019   // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments
6020   // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all
6021   // overload candidates.
6022   QualType ParamType;
6023   for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) {
6024     QualType CandidateParamType = Candidate.getParamType(N);
6025     if (CandidateParamType.isNull())
6026       continue;
6027     if (ParamType.isNull()) {
6028       ParamType = CandidateParamType;
6029       continue;
6030     }
6031     if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
6032             ParamType.getNonReferenceType(),
6033             CandidateParamType.getNonReferenceType()))
6034       // Two conflicting types, give up.
6035       return QualType();
6036   }
6037 
6038   return ParamType;
6039 }
6040 
6041 static QualType
6042 ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates,
6043                      unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
6044                      bool Braced) {
6045   if (Candidates.empty())
6046     return QualType();
6047   if (SemaRef.getPreprocessor().isCodeCompletionReached())
6048     SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates(
6049         SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc,
6050         Braced);
6051   return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg);
6052 }
6053 
6054 // Given a callee expression `Fn`, if the call is through a function pointer,
6055 // try to find the declaration of the corresponding function pointer type,
6056 // so that we can recover argument names from it.
6057 static FunctionProtoTypeLoc GetPrototypeLoc(Expr *Fn) {
6058   TypeLoc Target;
6059   if (const auto *T = Fn->getType().getTypePtr()->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
6060     Target = T->getDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6061 
6062   } else if (const auto *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Fn)) {
6063     const auto *D = DR->getDecl();
6064     if (const auto *const VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6065       Target = VD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6066     }
6067   }
6068 
6069   if (!Target)
6070     return {};
6071 
6072   if (auto P = Target.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
6073     Target = P.getPointeeLoc();
6074   }
6075 
6076   if (auto P = Target.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
6077     Target = P.getInnerLoc();
6078   }
6079 
6080   if (auto F = Target.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) {
6081     return F;
6082   }
6083 
6084   return {};
6085 }
6086 
6087 QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6088                                         SourceLocation OpenParLoc) {
6089   Fn = unwrapParenList(Fn);
6090   if (!CodeCompleter || !Fn)
6091     return QualType();
6092 
6093   // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions.
6094   // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely.
6095   if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args))
6096     return QualType();
6097   // In presence of dependent args we surface all possible signatures using the
6098   // non-dependent args in the prefix. Afterwards we do a post filtering to make
6099   // sure provided candidates satisfy parameter count restrictions.
6100   auto ArgsWithoutDependentTypes =
6101       Args.take_while([](Expr *Arg) { return !Arg->isTypeDependent(); });
6102 
6103   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6104 
6105   Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts();
6106   // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find.
6107   SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc();
6108   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
6109 
6110   if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
6111     AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
6112                                 /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6113   } else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
6114     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
6115     if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6116       UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6117       TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6118     }
6119 
6120     // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit).
6121     SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(
6122         1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase());
6123     ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
6124                     ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
6125     UnresolvedSet<8> Decls;
6126     Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end());
6127     const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase();
6128     AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs,
6129                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6130                           /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase);
6131   } else {
6132     FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
6133     if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
6134       FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl());
6135     else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
6136       FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
6137     if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration.
6138       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6139           !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
6140         Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD));
6141       else
6142         AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()),
6143                              ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
6144                              /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6145                              /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6146 
6147     } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
6148       // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function
6149       // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates.
6150       // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators.
6151       if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) {
6152         DeclarationName OpName =
6153             Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
6154         LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6155         LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
6156         R.suppressDiagnostics();
6157         SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn);
6158         ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
6159                         ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
6160         AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet,
6161                               /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr,
6162                               /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6163                               /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6164       }
6165     } else {
6166       // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or
6167       // function.
6168 
6169       FunctionProtoTypeLoc P = GetPrototypeLoc(NakedFn);
6170       QualType T = NakedFn->getType();
6171       if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull())
6172         T = T->getPointeeType();
6173 
6174       if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6175         if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(),
6176                               ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.size(),
6177                               /*PartialOverloading=*/true) ||
6178             FP->isVariadic()) {
6179           if (P) {
6180             Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(P));
6181           } else {
6182             Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP));
6183           }
6184         }
6185       } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>())
6186         // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function.
6187         Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT));
6188     }
6189   }
6190   mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
6191   QualType ParamType = ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(),
6192                                             OpenParLoc, /*Braced=*/false);
6193   return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType();
6194 }
6195 
6196 // Determine which param to continue aggregate initialization from after
6197 // a designated initializer.
6198 //
6199 // Given struct S { int a,b,c,d,e; }:
6200 //   after `S{.b=1,`       we want to suggest c to continue
6201 //   after `S{.b=1, 2,`    we continue with d (this is legal C and ext in C++)
6202 //   after `S{.b=1, .a=2,` we continue with b (this is legal C and ext in C++)
6203 //
6204 // Possible outcomes:
6205 //   - we saw a designator for a field, and continue from the returned index.
6206 //     Only aggregate initialization is allowed.
6207 //   - we saw a designator, but it was complex or we couldn't find the field.
6208 //     Only aggregate initialization is possible, but we can't assist with it.
6209 //     Returns an out-of-range index.
6210 //   - we saw no designators, just positional arguments.
6211 //     Returns std::nullopt.
6212 static std::optional<unsigned>
6213 getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(const ResultCandidate &Aggregate,
6214                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
6215   static constexpr unsigned Invalid = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
6216   assert(Aggregate.getKind() == ResultCandidate::CK_Aggregate);
6217 
6218   // Look for designated initializers.
6219   // They're in their syntactic form, not yet resolved to fields.
6220   IdentifierInfo *DesignatedFieldName = nullptr;
6221   unsigned ArgsAfterDesignator = 0;
6222   for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
6223     if (const auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Arg)) {
6224       if (DIE->size() == 1 && DIE->getDesignator(0)->isFieldDesignator()) {
6225         DesignatedFieldName = DIE->getDesignator(0)->getFieldName();
6226         ArgsAfterDesignator = 0;
6227       } else {
6228         return Invalid; // Complicated designator.
6229       }
6230     } else if (isa<DesignatedInitUpdateExpr>(Arg)) {
6231       return Invalid; // Unsupported.
6232     } else {
6233       ++ArgsAfterDesignator;
6234     }
6235   }
6236   if (!DesignatedFieldName)
6237     return std::nullopt;
6238 
6239   // Find the index within the class's fields.
6240   // (Probing getParamDecl() directly would be quadratic in number of fields).
6241   unsigned DesignatedIndex = 0;
6242   const FieldDecl *DesignatedField = nullptr;
6243   for (const auto *Field : Aggregate.getAggregate()->fields()) {
6244     if (Field->getIdentifier() == DesignatedFieldName) {
6245       DesignatedField = Field;
6246       break;
6247     }
6248     ++DesignatedIndex;
6249   }
6250   if (!DesignatedField)
6251     return Invalid; // Designator referred to a missing field, give up.
6252 
6253   // Find the index within the aggregate (which may have leading bases).
6254   unsigned AggregateSize = Aggregate.getNumParams();
6255   while (DesignatedIndex < AggregateSize &&
6256          Aggregate.getParamDecl(DesignatedIndex) != DesignatedField)
6257     ++DesignatedIndex;
6258 
6259   // Continue from the index after the last named field.
6260   return DesignatedIndex + ArgsAfterDesignator + 1;
6261 }
6262 
6263 QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(QualType Type,
6264                                                SourceLocation Loc,
6265                                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6266                                                SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
6267                                                bool Braced) {
6268   if (!CodeCompleter)
6269     return QualType();
6270   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6271 
6272   // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors.
6273   RecordDecl *RD =
6274       isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsRecordDecl() : nullptr;
6275   if (!RD)
6276     return Type;
6277   CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
6278 
6279   // Consider aggregate initialization.
6280   // We don't check that types so far are correct.
6281   // We also don't handle C99/C++17 brace-elision, we assume init-list elements
6282   // are 1:1 with fields.
6283   // FIXME: it would be nice to support "unwrapping" aggregates that contain
6284   // a single subaggregate, like std::array<T, N> -> T __elements[N].
6285   if (Braced && !RD->isUnion() &&
6286       (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus || (CRD && CRD->isAggregate()))) {
6287     ResultCandidate AggregateSig(RD);
6288     unsigned AggregateSize = AggregateSig.getNumParams();
6289 
6290     if (auto NextIndex =
6291             getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(AggregateSig, Args)) {
6292       // A designator was used, only aggregate init is possible.
6293       if (*NextIndex >= AggregateSize)
6294         return Type;
6295       Results.push_back(AggregateSig);
6296       return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, *NextIndex, OpenParLoc,
6297                                   Braced);
6298     }
6299 
6300     // Describe aggregate initialization, but also constructors below.
6301     if (Args.size() < AggregateSize)
6302       Results.push_back(AggregateSig);
6303   }
6304 
6305   // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers.
6306   // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors.
6307 
6308   if (CRD) {
6309     OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
6310     for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(CRD)) {
6311       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) {
6312         // FIXME: we can't yet provide correct signature help for initializer
6313         //        list constructors, so skip them entirely.
6314         if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus && isInitListConstructor(FD))
6315           continue;
6316         AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args,
6317                              CandidateSet,
6318                              /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6319                              /*PartialOverloading=*/true,
6320                              /*AllowExplicit*/ true);
6321       } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) {
6322         if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
6323             isInitListConstructor(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()))
6324           continue;
6325 
6326         AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
6327             FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()),
6328             /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet,
6329             /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6330             /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6331       }
6332     }
6333     mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
6334   }
6335 
6336   return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc, Braced);
6337 }
6338 
6339 QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(
6340     Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
6341     ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
6342     bool Braced) {
6343   if (!CodeCompleter)
6344     return QualType();
6345 
6346   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
6347       dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl);
6348   if (!Constructor)
6349     return QualType();
6350   // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well.
6351   if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(
6352           Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II))
6353     return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(MemberDecl->getType(),
6354                                            MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs,
6355                                            OpenParLoc, Braced);
6356   return QualType();
6357 }
6358 
6359 static bool argMatchesTemplateParams(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6360                                      unsigned Index,
6361                                      const TemplateParameterList &Params) {
6362   const NamedDecl *Param;
6363   if (Index < Params.size())
6364     Param = Params.getParam(Index);
6365   else if (Params.hasParameterPack())
6366     Param = Params.asArray().back();
6367   else
6368     return false; // too many args
6369 
6370   switch (Arg.getKind()) {
6371   case ParsedTemplateArgument::Type:
6372     return llvm::isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param); // constraints not checked
6373   case ParsedTemplateArgument::NonType:
6374     return llvm::isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param); // type not checked
6375   case ParsedTemplateArgument::Template:
6376     return llvm::isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param); // signature not checked
6377   }
6378   llvm_unreachable("Unhandled switch case");
6379 }
6380 
6381 QualType Sema::ProduceTemplateArgumentSignatureHelp(
6382     TemplateTy ParsedTemplate, ArrayRef<ParsedTemplateArgument> Args,
6383     SourceLocation LAngleLoc) {
6384   if (!CodeCompleter || !ParsedTemplate)
6385     return QualType();
6386 
6387   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6388   auto Consider = [&](const TemplateDecl *TD) {
6389     // Only add if the existing args are compatible with the template.
6390     bool Matches = true;
6391     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Args.size(); ++I) {
6392       if (!argMatchesTemplateParams(Args[I], I, *TD->getTemplateParameters())) {
6393         Matches = false;
6394         break;
6395       }
6396     }
6397     if (Matches)
6398       Results.emplace_back(TD);
6399   };
6400 
6401   TemplateName Template = ParsedTemplate.get();
6402   if (const auto *TD = Template.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
6403     Consider(TD);
6404   } else if (const auto *OTS = Template.getAsOverloadedTemplate()) {
6405     for (const NamedDecl *ND : *OTS)
6406       if (const auto *TD = llvm::dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
6407         Consider(TD);
6408   }
6409   return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(), LAngleLoc,
6410                               /*Braced=*/false);
6411 }
6412 
6413 static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig) {
6414   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Desig.getNumDesignators(); ++I) {
6415     if (BaseType.isNull())
6416       break;
6417     QualType NextType;
6418     const auto &D = Desig.getDesignator(I);
6419     if (D.isArrayDesignator() || D.isArrayRangeDesignator()) {
6420       if (BaseType->isArrayType())
6421         NextType = BaseType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
6422     } else {
6423       assert(D.isFieldDesignator());
6424       auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
6425       if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
6426         for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(D.getField()))
6427           if (const FieldDecl *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
6428             NextType = FD->getType();
6429             break;
6430           }
6431       }
6432     }
6433     BaseType = NextType;
6434   }
6435   return BaseType;
6436 }
6437 
6438 void Sema::CodeCompleteDesignator(QualType BaseType,
6439                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs,
6440                                   const Designation &D) {
6441   BaseType = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
6442   if (BaseType.isNull())
6443     return;
6444   const auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
6445   if (!RD || RD->fields().empty())
6446     return;
6447 
6448   CodeCompletionContext CCC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess,
6449                             BaseType);
6450   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6451                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCC);
6452 
6453   Results.EnterNewScope();
6454   for (const Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
6455     const FieldDecl *FD;
6456     if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D))
6457       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
6458     else if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
6459       FD = DFD;
6460     else
6461       continue;
6462 
6463     // FIXME: Make use of previous designators to mark any fields before those
6464     // inaccessible, and also compute the next initializer priority.
6465     ResultBuilder::Result Result(FD, Results.getBasePriority(FD));
6466     Results.AddResult(Result, CurContext, /*Hiding=*/nullptr);
6467   }
6468   Results.ExitScope();
6469   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6470                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6471 }
6472 
6473 void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) {
6474   ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
6475   if (!VD) {
6476     CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
6477     return;
6478   }
6479 
6480   CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
6481   Data.PreferredType = VD->getType();
6482   // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'.
6483   Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD);
6484 
6485   CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
6486 }
6487 
6488 void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen) {
6489   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6490                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6491                         mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement));
6492   Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
6493   Results.EnterNewScope();
6494 
6495   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6496   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6497                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6498                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6499 
6500   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results);
6501 
6502   // "else" block
6503   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6504                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6505 
6506   auto AddElseBodyPattern = [&] {
6507     if (IsBracedThen) {
6508       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6509       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
6510       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6511       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
6512       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6513       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
6514     } else {
6515       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6516       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6517       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statement");
6518       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
6519     }
6520   };
6521   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
6522   if (Results.includeCodePatterns())
6523     AddElseBodyPattern();
6524   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
6525 
6526   // "else if" block
6527   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if");
6528   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6529   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6530   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6531     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
6532   else
6533     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
6534   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6535   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
6536     AddElseBodyPattern();
6537   }
6538   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
6539 
6540   Results.ExitScope();
6541 
6542   if (S->getFnParent())
6543     AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
6544 
6545   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
6546     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
6547 
6548   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6549                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6550 }
6551 
6552 void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6553                                    bool EnteringContext,
6554                                    bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType,
6555                                    QualType PreferredType) {
6556   if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter)
6557     return;
6558 
6559   CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType);
6560   CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration);
6561   CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS);
6562 
6563   // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope
6564   // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since
6565   // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about
6566   // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST.
6567   if (SS.isInvalid()) {
6568     // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current
6569     // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to
6570     // guess what the specified scope is.
6571     ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6572                                CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
6573     if (!PreferredType.isNull())
6574       DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
6575     if (S->getEntity()) {
6576       CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(),
6577                                           BaseType);
6578       LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6579                          /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false,
6580                          /*LoadExternal=*/false);
6581     }
6582     HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
6583                               DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0);
6584     return;
6585   }
6586   // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type
6587   // resolves to a dependent record.
6588   DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true);
6589 
6590   // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before
6591   // we look in them. Bail out if we fail.
6592   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
6593   if (NNS != nullptr && SS.isValid() && !NNS->isDependent()) {
6594     if (Ctx == nullptr || RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx))
6595       return;
6596   }
6597 
6598   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6599                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
6600   if (!PreferredType.isNull())
6601     Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
6602   Results.EnterNewScope();
6603 
6604   // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only
6605   // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent.
6606   // FIXME: results is always empty, this appears to be dead.
6607   if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent())
6608     Results.AddResult("template");
6609 
6610   // If the scope is a concept-constrained type parameter, infer nested
6611   // members based on the constraints.
6612   if (const auto *TTPT =
6613           dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmType>(NNS->getAsType())) {
6614     for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
6615       if (R.Operator != ConceptInfo::Member::Colons)
6616         continue;
6617       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
6618           R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6619                    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo())));
6620     }
6621   }
6622 
6623   // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any.
6624   //
6625   // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually
6626   // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with
6627   // qualified-id completions.
6628   if (Ctx && !EnteringContext)
6629     MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results);
6630   Results.ExitScope();
6631 
6632   if (Ctx &&
6633       (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || !Ctx->isFileContext())) {
6634     CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType);
6635     LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6636                        /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true,
6637                        /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
6638                        CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6639   }
6640 
6641   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6642                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6643 }
6644 
6645 void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) {
6646   if (!CodeCompleter)
6647     return;
6648 
6649   // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we
6650   // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case.
6651   CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName);
6652   Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true);
6653 
6654   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6655                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context,
6656                         &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
6657   Results.EnterNewScope();
6658 
6659   // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword.
6660   if (!S->isClassScope())
6661     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace"));
6662 
6663   // After "using", we can see anything that would start a
6664   // nested-name-specifier.
6665   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6666   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6667                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6668                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6669   Results.ExitScope();
6670 
6671   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6672                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6673 }
6674 
6675 void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) {
6676   if (!CodeCompleter)
6677     return;
6678 
6679   // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace
6680   // alias.
6681   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6682                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6683                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
6684                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
6685   Results.EnterNewScope();
6686   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6687   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6688                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6689                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6690   Results.ExitScope();
6691   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6692                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6693 }
6694 
6695 void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) {
6696   if (!CodeCompleter)
6697     return;
6698 
6699   DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
6700   if (!S->getParent())
6701     Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
6702 
6703   bool SuppressedGlobalResults =
6704       Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx);
6705 
6706   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6707                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6708                         SuppressedGlobalResults
6709                             ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace
6710                             : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other,
6711                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace);
6712 
6713   if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) {
6714     // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined
6715     // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an
6716     // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent
6717     // definition of each namespace.
6718     std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest;
6719     for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl>
6720              NS(Ctx->decls_begin()),
6721          NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end());
6722          NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
6723       OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS;
6724 
6725     // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each
6726     // namespace to the list of results.
6727     Results.EnterNewScope();
6728     for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator
6729              NS = OrigToLatest.begin(),
6730              NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end();
6731          NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
6732       Results.AddResult(
6733           CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second),
6734                                nullptr),
6735           CurContext, nullptr, false);
6736     Results.ExitScope();
6737   }
6738 
6739   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6740                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6741 }
6742 
6743 void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) {
6744   if (!CodeCompleter)
6745     return;
6746 
6747   // After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias.
6748   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6749                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6750                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
6751                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
6752   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6753   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6754                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6755                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6756   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6757                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6758 }
6759 
6760 void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) {
6761   if (!CodeCompleter)
6762     return;
6763 
6764   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6765   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6766                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6767                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type,
6768                         &ResultBuilder::IsType);
6769   Results.EnterNewScope();
6770 
6771   // Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not
6772   // actually overloadable.
6773 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
6774   if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional)                                             \
6775     Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling));
6776 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
6777 
6778   // Add any type names visible from the current scope
6779   Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
6780   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6781   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6782                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6783                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6784 
6785   // Add any type specifiers
6786   AddTypeSpecifierResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
6787   Results.ExitScope();
6788 
6789   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6790                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6791 }
6792 
6793 void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
6794     Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) {
6795   if (!ConstructorD)
6796     return;
6797 
6798   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD);
6799 
6800   auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD);
6801   if (!Constructor)
6802     return;
6803 
6804   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6805                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6806                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol);
6807   Results.EnterNewScope();
6808 
6809   // Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes.
6810   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields;
6811   llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases;
6812   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) {
6813     if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer())
6814       InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(
6815           QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0)));
6816     else
6817       InitializedFields.insert(
6818           cast<FieldDecl>(Initializers[I]->getAnyMember()));
6819   }
6820 
6821   // Add completions for base classes.
6822   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
6823   bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty();
6824   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent();
6825 
6826   auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) {
6827     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6828                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6829     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
6830     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6831     if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND))
6832       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Builder);
6833     else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
6834       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(),
6835                                  Builder);
6836     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6837     return Builder.TakeString();
6838   };
6839   auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type,
6840                                 const NamedDecl *ND) {
6841     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6842                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6843     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
6844     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6845     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Type);
6846     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6847     if (ND) {
6848       auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(
6849           Builder.TakeString(), ND,
6850           SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration);
6851       if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND))
6852         CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef;
6853       return Results.AddResult(CCR);
6854     }
6855     return Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
6856         Builder.TakeString(),
6857         SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration));
6858   };
6859   auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority,
6860                               const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) {
6861     if (!RD)
6862       return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name,
6863                                 FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
6864                                          FD->getType().getAsString(Policy))
6865                                    : Name,
6866                                 FD);
6867     auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, RD);
6868     if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end())
6869       return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD);
6870     for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) {
6871       auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority);
6872       CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor);
6873       Results.AddResult(CCR);
6874     }
6875   };
6876   auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) {
6877     const char *BaseName =
6878         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy));
6879     const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6880     AddCtorsWithName(
6881         RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
6882         BaseName, nullptr);
6883   };
6884   auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) {
6885     const char *FieldName =
6886         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(FD->getIdentifier()->getName());
6887     const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6888     AddCtorsWithName(
6889         RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
6890         FieldName, FD);
6891   };
6892 
6893   for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) {
6894     if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
6895              .second) {
6896       SawLastInitializer =
6897           !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
6898           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
6899               Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
6900       continue;
6901     }
6902 
6903     AddBase(Base);
6904     SawLastInitializer = false;
6905   }
6906 
6907   // Add completions for virtual base classes.
6908   for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) {
6909     if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
6910              .second) {
6911       SawLastInitializer =
6912           !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
6913           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
6914               Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
6915       continue;
6916     }
6917 
6918     AddBase(Base);
6919     SawLastInitializer = false;
6920   }
6921 
6922   // Add completions for members.
6923   for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) {
6924     if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl()))
6925              .second) {
6926       SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() &&
6927                            Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() &&
6928                            Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field;
6929       continue;
6930     }
6931 
6932     if (!Field->getDeclName())
6933       continue;
6934 
6935     AddField(Field);
6936     SawLastInitializer = false;
6937   }
6938   Results.ExitScope();
6939 
6940   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6941                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6942 }
6943 
6944 /// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace.
6945 static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) {
6946   DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
6947   if (!DC)
6948     return false;
6949 
6950   return DC->isFileContext();
6951 }
6952 
6953 void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
6954                                         bool AfterAmpersand) {
6955   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6956                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6957                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
6958   Results.EnterNewScope();
6959 
6960   // Note what has already been captured.
6961   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known;
6962   bool IncludedThis = false;
6963   for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) {
6964     if (C.Kind == LCK_This) {
6965       IncludedThis = true;
6966       continue;
6967     }
6968 
6969     Known.insert(C.Id);
6970   }
6971 
6972   // Look for other capturable variables.
6973   for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
6974     for (const auto *D : S->decls()) {
6975       const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6976       if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6977         continue;
6978 
6979       if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second)
6980         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration),
6981                           CurContext, nullptr, false);
6982     }
6983   }
6984 
6985   // Add 'this', if it would be valid.
6986   if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy)
6987     addThisCompletion(*this, Results);
6988 
6989   Results.ExitScope();
6990 
6991   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6992                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6993 }
6994 
6995 void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D) {
6996   if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
6997     return;
6998   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6999                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7000                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7001   auto ShouldAddDefault = [&D, this]() {
7002     if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator())
7003       return false;
7004     auto &Id = D.getName();
7005     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName)
7006       return true;
7007     // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the constructor parameter list to
7008     // verify that it is the default, copy or move constructor?
7009     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName &&
7010         D.getFunctionTypeInfo().NumParams <= 1)
7011       return true;
7012     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId) {
7013       auto Op = Id.OperatorFunctionId.Operator;
7014       // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the function parameter list to
7015       // verify that it is the copy or move assignment?
7016       if (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Equal)
7017         return true;
7018       if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 &&
7019           (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_EqualEqual ||
7020            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_ExclaimEqual ||
7021            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Less ||
7022            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_LessEqual ||
7023            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Greater ||
7024            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_GreaterEqual ||
7025            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Spaceship))
7026         return true;
7027     }
7028     return false;
7029   };
7030 
7031   Results.EnterNewScope();
7032   if (ShouldAddDefault())
7033     Results.AddResult("default");
7034   // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should only provide `delete` completion for the
7035   // first function declaration.
7036   Results.AddResult("delete");
7037   Results.ExitScope();
7038   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7039                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7040 }
7041 
7042 /// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via
7043 /// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false.
7044 #define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword)
7045 
7046 static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
7047                                          ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7048   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7049   // Since we have an implementation, we can end it.
7050   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")));
7051 
7052   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7053                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7054   if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
7055     // @dynamic
7056     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic"));
7057     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7058     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
7059     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7060 
7061     // @synthesize
7062     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize"));
7063     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7064     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
7065     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7066   }
7067 }
7068 
7069 static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
7070                                     ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7071   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7072 
7073   // Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it.
7074   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")));
7075 
7076   if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
7077     // @property
7078     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property")));
7079 
7080     // @required
7081     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required")));
7082 
7083     // @optional
7084     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional")));
7085   }
7086 }
7087 
7088 static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7089   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7090   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7091                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7092 
7093   // @class name ;
7094   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class"));
7095   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7096   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
7097   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7098 
7099   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7100     // @interface name
7101     // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and
7102     // such.
7103     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface"));
7104     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7105     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7106     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7107 
7108     // @protocol name
7109     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol"));
7110     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7111     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol");
7112     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7113 
7114     // @implementation name
7115     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation"));
7116     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7117     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7118     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7119   }
7120 
7121   // @compatibility_alias name
7122   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7123       OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias"));
7124   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7125   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("alias");
7126   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7127   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7128   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7129 
7130   if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) {
7131     // @import name
7132     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import"));
7133     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7134     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("module");
7135     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7136   }
7137 }
7138 
7139 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) {
7140   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7141                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7142                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7143   Results.EnterNewScope();
7144   if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(CurContext))
7145     AddObjCImplementationResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7146   else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer())
7147     AddObjCInterfaceResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7148   else
7149     AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, false);
7150   Results.ExitScope();
7151   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7152                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7153 }
7154 
7155 static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7156   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7157   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7158                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7159 
7160   // @encode ( type-name )
7161   const char *EncodeType = "char[]";
7162   if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
7163       Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
7164     EncodeType = "const char[]";
7165   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(EncodeType);
7166   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode"));
7167   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7168   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type-name");
7169   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7170   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7171 
7172   // @protocol ( protocol-name )
7173   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("Protocol *");
7174   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol"));
7175   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7176   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol-name");
7177   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7178   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7179 
7180   // @selector ( selector )
7181   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("SEL");
7182   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector"));
7183   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7184   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
7185   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7186   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7187 
7188   // @"string"
7189   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSString *");
7190   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\""));
7191   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string");
7192   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
7193   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7194 
7195   // @[objects, ...]
7196   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSArray *");
7197   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "["));
7198   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("objects, ...");
7199   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
7200   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7201 
7202   // @{key : object, ...}
7203   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSDictionary *");
7204   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{"));
7205   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("key");
7206   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
7207   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7208   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object, ...");
7209   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7210   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7211 
7212   // @(expression)
7213   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("id");
7214   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "("));
7215   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7216   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7217   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7218 }
7219 
7220 static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7221   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7222   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7223                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7224 
7225   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7226     // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally
7227     //   { statements }
7228     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try"));
7229     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7230     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7231     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7232     Builder.AddTextChunk("@catch");
7233     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7234     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
7235     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7236     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7237     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7238     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7239     Builder.AddTextChunk("@finally");
7240     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7241     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7242     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7243     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7244   }
7245 
7246   // @throw
7247   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw"));
7248   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7249   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7250   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7251 
7252   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7253     // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements }
7254     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized"));
7255     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7256     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7257     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7258     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7259     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7260     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7261     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7262     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7263   }
7264 }
7265 
7266 static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
7267                                      ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7268   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7269   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private")));
7270   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected")));
7271   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public")));
7272   if (LangOpts.ObjC)
7273     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package")));
7274 }
7275 
7276 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) {
7277   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7278                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7279                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7280   Results.EnterNewScope();
7281   AddObjCVisibilityResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7282   Results.ExitScope();
7283   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7284                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7285 }
7286 
7287 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) {
7288   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7289                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7290                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7291   Results.EnterNewScope();
7292   AddObjCStatementResults(Results, false);
7293   AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
7294   Results.ExitScope();
7295   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7296                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7297 }
7298 
7299 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) {
7300   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7301                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7302                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7303   Results.EnterNewScope();
7304   AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
7305   Results.ExitScope();
7306   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7307                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7308 }
7309 
7310 /// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C
7311 /// property's attributes will cause a conflict.
7312 static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) {
7313   // Check if we've already added this flag.
7314   if (Attributes & NewFlag)
7315     return true;
7316 
7317   Attributes |= NewFlag;
7318 
7319   // Check for collisions with "readonly".
7320   if ((Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly) &&
7321       (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
7322     return true;
7323 
7324   // Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }.
7325   unsigned AssignCopyRetMask =
7326       Attributes &
7327       (ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign |
7328        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained |
7329        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain |
7330        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak);
7331   if (AssignCopyRetMask &&
7332       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign &&
7333       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained &&
7334       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy &&
7335       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain &&
7336       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong &&
7337       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak)
7338     return true;
7339 
7340   return false;
7341 }
7342 
7343 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) {
7344   if (!CodeCompleter)
7345     return;
7346 
7347   unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes();
7348 
7349   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7350                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7351                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7352   Results.EnterNewScope();
7353   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7354                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly))
7355     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readonly"));
7356   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7357                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign))
7358     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("assign"));
7359   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7360                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained))
7361     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained"));
7362   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7363                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
7364     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readwrite"));
7365   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7366                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain))
7367     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("retain"));
7368   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7369                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong))
7370     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("strong"));
7371   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy))
7372     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy"));
7373   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7374                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic))
7375     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic"));
7376   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7377                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_atomic))
7378     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic"));
7379 
7380   // Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC.
7381   if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7382     if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7383                                    ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak))
7384       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("weak"));
7385 
7386   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7387                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter)) {
7388     CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(),
7389                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7390     Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter");
7391     Setter.AddTextChunk("=");
7392     Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
7393     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString()));
7394   }
7395   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7396                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter)) {
7397     CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(),
7398                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7399     Getter.AddTypedTextChunk("getter");
7400     Getter.AddTextChunk("=");
7401     Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
7402     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString()));
7403   }
7404   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7405                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) {
7406     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonnull"));
7407     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nullable"));
7408     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified"));
7409     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable"));
7410   }
7411   Results.ExitScope();
7412   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7413                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7414 }
7415 
7416 /// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find
7417 /// via code completion.
7418 enum ObjCMethodKind {
7419   MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria.
7420   MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector.
7421   MK_OneArgSelector   ///< One-argument selector.
7422 };
7423 
7424 static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7425                                      ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7426                                      bool AllowSameLength = true) {
7427   unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
7428   if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs())
7429     return false;
7430 
7431   switch (WantKind) {
7432   case MK_Any:
7433     break;
7434   case MK_ZeroArgSelector:
7435     return Sel.isUnarySelector();
7436   case MK_OneArgSelector:
7437     return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1;
7438   }
7439 
7440   if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs())
7441     return false;
7442 
7443   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I)
7444     if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(I))
7445       return false;
7446 
7447   return true;
7448 }
7449 
7450 static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7451                                    ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7452                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7453                                    bool AllowSameLength = true) {
7454   return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents,
7455                                   AllowSameLength);
7456 }
7457 
7458 /// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple
7459 /// completions with the same selector into the result set.
7460 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet;
7461 
7462 /// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C
7463 /// container to the set of results.
7464 ///
7465 /// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of
7466 /// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from
7467 /// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and
7468 /// implementations.
7469 ///
7470 /// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods.
7471 ///
7472 /// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if
7473 /// false, this routine will add factory methods (only).
7474 ///
7475 /// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that
7476 /// finds methods.
7477 ///
7478 /// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list
7479 /// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers.
7480 ///
7481 /// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results.
7482 static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
7483                            bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7484                            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7485                            DeclContext *CurContext,
7486                            VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength,
7487                            ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true,
7488                            bool IsRootClass = false) {
7489   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7490   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
7491   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container);
7492   IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass());
7493   for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) {
7494     // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the
7495     // metaclass.
7496     if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods ||
7497         (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) {
7498       // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a
7499       // subset of the identifiers for this particular method.
7500       if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength))
7501         continue;
7502 
7503       if (!Selectors.insert(M->getSelector()).second)
7504         continue;
7505 
7506       Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr);
7507       R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
7508       R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any);
7509       if (!InOriginalClass)
7510         setInBaseClass(R);
7511       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
7512     }
7513   }
7514 
7515   // Visit the protocols of protocols.
7516   if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
7517     if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) {
7518       const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
7519           Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
7520       for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
7521                                                 E = Protocols.end();
7522            I != E; ++I)
7523         AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7524                        Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7525     }
7526   }
7527 
7528   if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition())
7529     return;
7530 
7531   // Add methods in protocols.
7532   for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols())
7533     AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7534                    Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7535 
7536   // Add methods in categories.
7537   for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) {
7538     AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents,
7539                    CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
7540                    InOriginalClass, IsRootClass);
7541 
7542     // Add a categories protocol methods.
7543     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
7544         CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols();
7545     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
7546                                               E = Protocols.end();
7547          I != E; ++I)
7548       AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7549                      Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7550 
7551     // Add methods in category implementations.
7552     if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation())
7553       AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7554                      Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
7555                      IsRootClass);
7556   }
7557 
7558   // Add methods in superclass.
7559   // Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes.
7560   if (IFace->getSuperClass())
7561     AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind,
7562                    SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
7563                    /*IsRootClass=*/false);
7564 
7565   // Add methods in our implementation, if any.
7566   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
7567     AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7568                    Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
7569                    IsRootClass);
7570 }
7571 
7572 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) {
7573   // Try to find the interface where getters might live.
7574   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
7575   if (!Class) {
7576     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
7577             dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
7578       Class = Category->getClassInterface();
7579 
7580     if (!Class)
7581       return;
7582   }
7583 
7584   // Find all of the potential getters.
7585   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7586                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7587                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7588   Results.EnterNewScope();
7589 
7590   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7591   AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, std::nullopt, CurContext,
7592                  Selectors,
7593                  /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);
7594   Results.ExitScope();
7595   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7596                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7597 }
7598 
7599 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) {
7600   // Try to find the interface where setters might live.
7601   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
7602   if (!Class) {
7603     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
7604             dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
7605       Class = Category->getClassInterface();
7606 
7607     if (!Class)
7608       return;
7609   }
7610 
7611   // Find all of the potential getters.
7612   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7613                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7614                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7615   Results.EnterNewScope();
7616 
7617   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7618   AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, std::nullopt, CurContext,
7619                  Selectors,
7620                  /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);
7621 
7622   Results.ExitScope();
7623   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7624                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7625 }
7626 
7627 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7628                                        bool IsParameter) {
7629   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7630                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7631                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type);
7632   Results.EnterNewScope();
7633 
7634   // Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords.
7635   bool AddedInOut = false;
7636   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7637        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
7638     Results.AddResult("in");
7639     Results.AddResult("inout");
7640     AddedInOut = true;
7641   }
7642   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7643        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
7644     Results.AddResult("out");
7645     if (!AddedInOut)
7646       Results.AddResult("inout");
7647   }
7648   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7649        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref |
7650         ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) {
7651     Results.AddResult("bycopy");
7652     Results.AddResult("byref");
7653     Results.AddResult("oneway");
7654   }
7655   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) {
7656     Results.AddResult("nonnull");
7657     Results.AddResult("nullable");
7658     Results.AddResult("null_unspecified");
7659   }
7660 
7661   // If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the
7662   // identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for
7663   // an action, e.g.,
7664   //   IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender
7665   if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter &&
7666       PP.isMacroDefined("IBAction")) {
7667     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7668                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7669                                   CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available);
7670     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("IBAction");
7671     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7672     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
7673     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
7674     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7675     Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
7676     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7677     Builder.AddTextChunk("sender");
7678     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
7679   }
7680 
7681   // If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'.
7682   if (!IsParameter) {
7683     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("instancetype"));
7684   }
7685 
7686   // Add various builtin type names and specifiers.
7687   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Type, S, *this, Results);
7688   Results.ExitScope();
7689 
7690   // Add the various type names
7691   Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
7692   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
7693   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
7694                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
7695                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
7696 
7697   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
7698     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
7699 
7700   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7701                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7702 }
7703 
7704 /// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume
7705 /// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of
7706 /// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type,
7707 /// or NULL if no better result could be determined.
7708 static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) {
7709   auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
7710   if (!Msg)
7711     return nullptr;
7712 
7713   Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector();
7714   if (Sel.isNull())
7715     return nullptr;
7716 
7717   IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
7718   if (!Id)
7719     return nullptr;
7720 
7721   ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl();
7722   if (!Method)
7723     return nullptr;
7724 
7725   // Determine the class that we're sending the message to.
7726   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
7727   switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) {
7728   case ObjCMessageExpr::Class:
7729     if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType =
7730             Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7731       IFace = ObjType->getInterface();
7732     break;
7733 
7734   case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: {
7735     QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType();
7736     if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
7737       IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl();
7738     break;
7739   }
7740 
7741   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance:
7742   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass:
7743     break;
7744   }
7745 
7746   if (!IFace)
7747     return nullptr;
7748 
7749   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass();
7750   if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
7751     return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
7752         .Case("retain", IFace)
7753         .Case("strong", IFace)
7754         .Case("autorelease", IFace)
7755         .Case("copy", IFace)
7756         .Case("copyWithZone", IFace)
7757         .Case("mutableCopy", IFace)
7758         .Case("mutableCopyWithZone", IFace)
7759         .Case("awakeFromCoder", IFace)
7760         .Case("replacementObjectFromCoder", IFace)
7761         .Case("class", IFace)
7762         .Case("classForCoder", IFace)
7763         .Case("superclass", Super)
7764         .Default(nullptr);
7765 
7766   return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
7767       .Case("new", IFace)
7768       .Case("alloc", IFace)
7769       .Case("allocWithZone", IFace)
7770       .Case("class", IFace)
7771       .Case("superclass", Super)
7772       .Default(nullptr);
7773 }
7774 
7775 // Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the
7776 // most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass
7777 // function.
7778 ///
7779 /// \param S The semantic analysis object.
7780 ///
7781 /// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with
7782 /// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments.
7783 ///
7784 /// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been
7785 /// provided as arguments for a send to "super".
7786 ///
7787 /// \param Results The set of results to augment.
7788 ///
7789 /// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by
7790 /// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added.
7791 static ObjCMethodDecl *
7792 AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword,
7793                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7794                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
7795   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl();
7796   if (!CurMethod)
7797     return nullptr;
7798 
7799   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
7800   if (!Class)
7801     return nullptr;
7802 
7803   // Try to find a superclass method with the same selector.
7804   ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr;
7805   while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) {
7806     // Check in the class
7807     SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
7808                                    CurMethod->isInstanceMethod());
7809 
7810     // Check in categories or class extensions.
7811     if (!SuperMethod) {
7812       for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) {
7813         if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
7814                                           CurMethod->isInstanceMethod())))
7815           break;
7816       }
7817     }
7818   }
7819 
7820   if (!SuperMethod)
7821     return nullptr;
7822 
7823   // Check whether the superclass method has the same signature.
7824   if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() ||
7825       CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic())
7826     return nullptr;
7827 
7828   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(),
7829                                       CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(),
7830                                       SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin();
7831        CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) {
7832     // Make sure the parameter types are compatible.
7833     if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType((*CurP)->getType(),
7834                                           (*SuperP)->getType()))
7835       return nullptr;
7836 
7837     // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward!
7838     if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier())
7839       return nullptr;
7840   }
7841 
7842   // We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion.
7843   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7844                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7845 
7846   // Give this completion a return type.
7847   AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod,
7848                      Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder);
7849 
7850   // If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing).
7851   if (NeedSuperKeyword) {
7852     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
7853     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7854   }
7855 
7856   Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector();
7857   if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
7858     if (NeedSuperKeyword)
7859       Builder.AddTextChunk(
7860           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
7861     else
7862       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7863           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
7864   } else {
7865     ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin();
7866     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) {
7867       if (I > SelIdents.size())
7868         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7869 
7870       if (I < SelIdents.size())
7871         Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
7872             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7873       else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) {
7874         Builder.AddTextChunk(
7875             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7876         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
7877             (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
7878       } else {
7879         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7880             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7881         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
7882             (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
7883       }
7884     }
7885   }
7886 
7887   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod,
7888                                          CCP_SuperCompletion));
7889   return SuperMethod;
7890 }
7891 
7892 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) {
7893   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7894   ResultBuilder Results(
7895       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7896       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7897       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver,
7898       getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
7899           ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture
7900           : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver);
7901 
7902   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
7903   Results.EnterNewScope();
7904   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
7905                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
7906                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
7907 
7908   // If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass,
7909   // add "super" as an option.
7910   if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl())
7911     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface())
7912       if (Iface->getSuperClass()) {
7913         Results.AddResult(Result("super"));
7914 
7915         AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, std::nullopt,
7916                                Results);
7917       }
7918 
7919   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7920     addThisCompletion(*this, Results);
7921 
7922   Results.ExitScope();
7923 
7924   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
7925     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
7926   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7927                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7928 }
7929 
7930 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7931                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7932                                         bool AtArgumentExpression) {
7933   ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;
7934   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
7935     // Figure out which interface we're in.
7936     CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
7937     if (!CDecl)
7938       return;
7939 
7940     // Find the superclass of this class.
7941     CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass();
7942     if (!CDecl)
7943       return;
7944 
7945     if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
7946       // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message
7947       // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the
7948       // current object.
7949       return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, nullptr, SelIdents,
7950                                              AtArgumentExpression, CDecl);
7951     }
7952 
7953     // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl.
7954   } else {
7955     // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which
7956     // it is.
7957     IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier();
7958     NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Super, SuperLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
7959     if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))) {
7960       // "super" names an interface. Use it.
7961     } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(ND)) {
7962       if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface =
7963               Context.getTypeDeclType(TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7964         CDecl = Iface->getInterface();
7965     } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(ND)) {
7966       // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific.
7967     } else {
7968       // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way.
7969       CXXScopeSpec SS;
7970       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
7971       UnqualifiedId id;
7972       id.setIdentifier(Super, SuperLoc);
7973       ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, id,
7974                                                /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false,
7975                                                /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false);
7976       return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(),
7977                                              SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression);
7978     }
7979 
7980     // Fall through
7981   }
7982 
7983   ParsedType Receiver;
7984   if (CDecl)
7985     Receiver = ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CDecl));
7986   return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents,
7987                                       AtArgumentExpression,
7988                                       /*IsSuper=*/true);
7989 }
7990 
7991 /// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message
7992 /// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression.
7993 static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results,
7994                                                        unsigned NumSelIdents) {
7995   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7996   ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context;
7997 
7998   QualType PreferredType;
7999   unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2;
8000   Result *ResultsData = Results.data();
8001   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) {
8002     Result &R = ResultsData[I];
8003     if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration &&
8004         isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
8005       if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) {
8006         const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration);
8007         if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) {
8008           QualType MyPreferredType =
8009               Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType();
8010           if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) {
8011             BestPriority = R.Priority;
8012             PreferredType = MyPreferredType;
8013           } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType,
8014                                                      MyPreferredType)) {
8015             PreferredType = QualType();
8016           }
8017         }
8018       }
8019     }
8020   }
8021 
8022   return PreferredType;
8023 }
8024 
8025 static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
8026                                        ParsedType Receiver,
8027                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8028                                        bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
8029                                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
8030   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8031   ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;
8032 
8033   // If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the
8034   // corresponding declaration.
8035   if (Receiver) {
8036     QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, nullptr);
8037     if (!T.isNull())
8038       if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
8039         CDecl = Interface->getInterface();
8040   }
8041 
8042   // Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols,
8043   // superclasses, categories, implementation, etc.
8044   Results.EnterNewScope();
8045 
8046   // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
8047   // completion.
8048   if (IsSuper) {
8049     if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
8050             AddSuperSendCompletion(SemaRef, false, SelIdents, Results))
8051       Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
8052   }
8053 
8054   // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
8055   // others.
8056   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
8057     Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());
8058 
8059   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
8060   if (CDecl)
8061     AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext,
8062                    Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8063   else {
8064     // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods.
8065 
8066     // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
8067     // pool from the AST file.
8068     if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) {
8069       for (uint32_t I = 0,
8070                     N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors();
8071            I != N; ++I) {
8072         Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(I);
8073         if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel))
8074           continue;
8075 
8076         SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel);
8077       }
8078     }
8079 
8080     for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(),
8081                                           MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end();
8082          M != MEnd; ++M) {
8083       for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second;
8084            MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
8085         if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
8086           continue;
8087 
8088         Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
8089                  Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
8090         R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
8091         R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
8092         Results.MaybeAddResult(R, SemaRef.CurContext);
8093       }
8094     }
8095   }
8096 
8097   Results.ExitScope();
8098 }
8099 
8100 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8101                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8102                                         bool AtArgumentExpression,
8103                                         bool IsSuper) {
8104 
8105   QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Receiver);
8106 
8107   ResultBuilder Results(
8108       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8109       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8110       CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T,
8111                             SelIdents));
8112 
8113   AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, Receiver, SelIdents,
8114                              AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results);
8115 
8116   // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
8117   // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
8118   // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
8119   // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
8120   // our preferred type, improving completion results.
8121   if (AtArgumentExpression) {
8122     QualType PreferredType =
8123         getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
8124     if (PreferredType.isNull())
8125       CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
8126     else
8127       CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
8128     return;
8129   }
8130 
8131   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8132                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8133 }
8134 
8135 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8136                                            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8137                                            bool AtArgumentExpression,
8138                                            ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) {
8139   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8140 
8141   Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver);
8142 
8143   // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver.
8144   // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8].
8145   if (RecExpr) {
8146     ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RecExpr);
8147     if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail.
8148       return;
8149     RecExpr = Conv.get();
8150   }
8151   QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr
8152                               ? RecExpr->getType()
8153                               : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
8154                                             Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Super))
8155                                       : Context.getObjCIdType();
8156 
8157   // If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check
8158   // whether we know something special about the receiver that allows
8159   // us to assume a more-specific receiver type.
8160   if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) {
8161     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(RecExpr)) {
8162       if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType())
8163         return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(
8164             S, ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)), SelIdents,
8165             AtArgumentExpression, Super);
8166 
8167       ReceiverType =
8168           Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace));
8169     }
8170   } else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8171     ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(RecExpr);
8172     if (Conv.isUsable()) {
8173       RecExpr = Conv.get();
8174       ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType();
8175     }
8176   }
8177 
8178   // Build the set of methods we can see.
8179   ResultBuilder Results(
8180       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8181       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8182       CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage,
8183                             ReceiverType, SelIdents));
8184 
8185   Results.EnterNewScope();
8186 
8187   // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
8188   // completion.
8189   if (Super) {
8190     if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
8191             AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, false, SelIdents, Results))
8192       Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
8193   }
8194 
8195   // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
8196   // others.
8197   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl())
8198     Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());
8199 
8200   // Keep track of the selectors we've already added.
8201   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
8202 
8203   // Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance
8204   // method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a
8205   // class method.
8206   if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
8207       ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
8208     if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
8209       if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface())
8210         AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext,
8211                        Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8212     }
8213   }
8214   // Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>").
8215   else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID =
8216                ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
8217     // Search protocols for instance methods.
8218     for (auto *I : QualID->quals())
8219       AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
8220                      AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8221   }
8222   // Handle messages to a pointer to interface type.
8223   else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr =
8224                ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
8225     // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods.
8226     AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents,
8227                    CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8228 
8229     // Search protocols for instance methods.
8230     for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals())
8231       AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
8232                      AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8233   }
8234   // Handle messages to "id".
8235   else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) {
8236     // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know
8237     // about as code-completion results.
8238 
8239     // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
8240     // pool from the AST file.
8241     if (ExternalSource) {
8242       for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors();
8243            I != N; ++I) {
8244         Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
8245         if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
8246           continue;
8247 
8248         ReadMethodPool(Sel);
8249       }
8250     }
8251 
8252     for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
8253                                     MEnd = MethodPool.end();
8254          M != MEnd; ++M) {
8255       for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first;
8256            MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
8257         if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
8258           continue;
8259 
8260         if (!Selectors.insert(MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second)
8261           continue;
8262 
8263         Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
8264                  Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
8265         R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
8266         R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
8267         Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
8268       }
8269     }
8270   }
8271   Results.ExitScope();
8272 
8273   // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
8274   // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
8275   // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
8276   // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
8277   // our preferred type, improving completion results.
8278   if (AtArgumentExpression) {
8279     QualType PreferredType =
8280         getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
8281     if (PreferredType.isNull())
8282       CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
8283     else
8284       CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
8285     return;
8286   }
8287 
8288   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8289                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8290 }
8291 
8292 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8293                                          DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) {
8294   CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
8295   Data.ObjCCollection = true;
8296 
8297   if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) {
8298     DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get();
8299     for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) {
8300       if (*I)
8301         Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(*I);
8302     }
8303   }
8304 
8305   CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
8306 }
8307 
8308 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8309                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
8310   // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
8311   // pool from the AST file.
8312   if (ExternalSource) {
8313     for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
8314          ++I) {
8315       Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
8316       if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
8317         continue;
8318 
8319       ReadMethodPool(Sel);
8320     }
8321   }
8322 
8323   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8324                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8325                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName);
8326   Results.EnterNewScope();
8327   for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
8328                                   MEnd = MethodPool.end();
8329        M != MEnd; ++M) {
8330 
8331     Selector Sel = M->first;
8332     if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, MK_Any, SelIdents))
8333       continue;
8334 
8335     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
8336                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
8337     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
8338       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
8339           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
8340       Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
8341       continue;
8342     }
8343 
8344     std::string Accumulator;
8345     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
8346       if (I == SelIdents.size()) {
8347         if (!Accumulator.empty()) {
8348           Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
8349               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
8350           Accumulator.clear();
8351         }
8352       }
8353 
8354       Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(I);
8355       Accumulator += ':';
8356     }
8357     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
8358     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
8359   }
8360   Results.ExitScope();
8361 
8362   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8363                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8364 }
8365 
8366 /// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given
8367 /// (translation unit) context.
8368 static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
8369                                bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
8370                                ResultBuilder &Results) {
8371   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8372 
8373   for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
8374     // Record any protocols we find.
8375     if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
8376       if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition())
8377         Results.AddResult(
8378             Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext,
8379             nullptr, false);
8380   }
8381 }
8382 
8383 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
8384     ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) {
8385   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8386                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8387                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);
8388 
8389   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8390     Results.EnterNewScope();
8391 
8392     // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have
8393     // already seen.
8394     // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results.
8395     for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols)
8396       if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second))
8397         Results.Ignore(Protocol);
8398 
8399     // Add all protocols.
8400     AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8401                        Results);
8402 
8403     Results.ExitScope();
8404   }
8405 
8406   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8407                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8408 }
8409 
8410 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) {
8411   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8412                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8413                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);
8414 
8415   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8416     Results.EnterNewScope();
8417 
8418     // Add all protocols.
8419     AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true,
8420                        Results);
8421 
8422     Results.ExitScope();
8423   }
8424 
8425   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8426                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8427 }
8428 
8429 /// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in
8430 /// the given (translation unit) context.
8431 static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
8432                                 bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
8433                                 bool OnlyUnimplemented,
8434                                 ResultBuilder &Results) {
8435   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8436 
8437   for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
8438     // Record any interfaces we find.
8439     if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
8440       if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) &&
8441           (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation()))
8442         Results.AddResult(
8443             Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext,
8444             nullptr, false);
8445   }
8446 }
8447 
8448 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) {
8449   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8450                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8451                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
8452   Results.EnterNewScope();
8453 
8454   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8455     // Add all classes.
8456     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8457                         false, Results);
8458   }
8459 
8460   Results.ExitScope();
8461 
8462   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8463                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8464 }
8465 
8466 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8467                                       SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8468   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8469                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8470                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
8471   Results.EnterNewScope();
8472 
8473   // Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining.
8474   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8475       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8476   if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass))
8477     Results.Ignore(CurClass);
8478 
8479   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8480     // Add all classes.
8481     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8482                         false, Results);
8483   }
8484 
8485   Results.ExitScope();
8486 
8487   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8488                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8489 }
8490 
8491 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) {
8492   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8493                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8494                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation);
8495   Results.EnterNewScope();
8496 
8497   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8498     // Add all unimplemented classes.
8499     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8500                         true, Results);
8501   }
8502 
8503   Results.ExitScope();
8504 
8505   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8506                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8507 }
8508 
8509 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8510                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8511                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8512   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8513 
8514   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8515                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8516                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);
8517 
8518   // Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this
8519   // interface.
8520   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
8521   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8522       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8523   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class =
8524           dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) {
8525     for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories())
8526       CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier());
8527   }
8528 
8529   // Add all of the categories we know about.
8530   Results.EnterNewScope();
8531   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8532   for (const auto *D : TU->decls())
8533     if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
8534       if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second)
8535         Results.AddResult(
8536             Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr),
8537             CurContext, nullptr, false);
8538   Results.ExitScope();
8539 
8540   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8541                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8542 }
8543 
8544 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8545                                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8546                                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8547   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8548 
8549   // Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the
8550   // program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by
8551   // providing the list of all of the categories we know about.
8552   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8553       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8554   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass);
8555   if (!Class)
8556     return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc);
8557 
8558   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8559                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8560                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);
8561 
8562   // Add all of the categories that have corresponding interface
8563   // declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for
8564   // already-implemented categories in the class itself.
8565   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
8566   Results.EnterNewScope();
8567   bool IgnoreImplemented = true;
8568   while (Class) {
8569     for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) {
8570       if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) &&
8571           CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second)
8572         Results.AddResult(Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr),
8573                           CurContext, nullptr, false);
8574     }
8575 
8576     Class = Class->getSuperClass();
8577     IgnoreImplemented = false;
8578   }
8579   Results.ExitScope();
8580 
8581   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8582                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8583 }
8584 
8585 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) {
8586   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
8587   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8588                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext);
8589 
8590   // Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
8591   ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
8592       dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8593   if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
8594                      !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
8595     return;
8596 
8597   // Ignore any properties that have already been implemented.
8598   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
8599   for (const auto *D : Container->decls())
8600     if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
8601       Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl());
8602 
8603   // Add any properties that we find.
8604   AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
8605   Results.EnterNewScope();
8606   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
8607           dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
8608     AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false,
8609                       /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
8610                       AddedProperties, Results);
8611   else
8612     AddObjCProperties(CCContext,
8613                       cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(),
8614                       false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
8615                       AddedProperties, Results);
8616   Results.ExitScope();
8617 
8618   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8619                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8620 }
8621 
8622 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(
8623     Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) {
8624   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8625   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8626                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8627                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
8628 
8629   // Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
8630   ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
8631       dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8632   if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
8633                      !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
8634     return;
8635 
8636   // Figure out which interface we're looking into.
8637   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
8638   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
8639           dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
8640     Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface();
8641   else
8642     Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)
8643                 ->getCategoryDecl()
8644                 ->getClassInterface();
8645 
8646   // Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing.
8647   QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType();
8648   if (Class) {
8649     if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
8650             PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
8651       PropertyType =
8652           Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType();
8653 
8654       // Give preference to ivars
8655       Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType);
8656     }
8657   }
8658 
8659   // Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses.
8660   Results.EnterNewScope();
8661   bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false;
8662   std::string NameWithPrefix;
8663   NameWithPrefix += '_';
8664   NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName();
8665   std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str();
8666   NameWithSuffix += '_';
8667   for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) {
8668     for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar;
8669          Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) {
8670       Results.AddResult(Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr),
8671                         CurContext, nullptr, false);
8672 
8673       // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the
8674       // property.
8675       if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() ||
8676            NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() ||
8677            NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) {
8678         SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true;
8679 
8680         // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight
8681         // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely.
8682         if (Results.size() &&
8683             Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind ==
8684                 CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration &&
8685             Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar)
8686           Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--;
8687       }
8688     }
8689   }
8690 
8691   if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) {
8692     // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize
8693     // an ivar of the appropriate type.
8694     unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1;
8695     typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8696     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
8697     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8698                                   Priority, CXAvailability_Available);
8699 
8700     PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
8701     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
8702         GetCompletionTypeString(PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator));
8703     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(NameWithPrefix));
8704     Results.AddResult(
8705         Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl));
8706   }
8707 
8708   Results.ExitScope();
8709 
8710   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8711                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8712 }
8713 
8714 // Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along
8715 // with the "in original class" flag.
8716 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector,
8717                        llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>>
8718     KnownMethodsMap;
8719 
8720 /// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container
8721 /// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given
8722 /// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods,
8723 /// indexed by selector so they can be easily found.
8724 static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context,
8725                                      ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
8726                                      std::optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods,
8727                                      QualType ReturnType,
8728                                      KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods,
8729                                      bool InOriginalClass = true) {
8730   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
8731     // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
8732     if (!IFace->hasDefinition())
8733       return;
8734 
8735     IFace = IFace->getDefinition();
8736     Container = IFace;
8737 
8738     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8739         IFace->getReferencedProtocols();
8740     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8741                                               E = Protocols.end();
8742          I != E; ++I)
8743       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8744                                KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);
8745 
8746     // Add methods from any class extensions and categories.
8747     for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
8748       FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8749                                KnownMethods, false);
8750     }
8751 
8752     // Visit the superclass.
8753     if (IFace->getSuperClass())
8754       FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(),
8755                                WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
8756                                false);
8757   }
8758 
8759   if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
8760     // Recurse into protocols.
8761     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8762         Category->getReferencedProtocols();
8763     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8764                                               E = Protocols.end();
8765          I != E; ++I)
8766       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8767                                KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);
8768 
8769     // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface.
8770     if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface())
8771       FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(),
8772                                WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
8773                                false);
8774   }
8775 
8776   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
8777     // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
8778     if (!Protocol->hasDefinition())
8779       return;
8780     Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition();
8781     Container = Protocol;
8782 
8783     // Recurse into protocols.
8784     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8785         Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
8786     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8787                                               E = Protocols.end();
8788          I != E; ++I)
8789       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8790                                KnownMethods, false);
8791   }
8792 
8793   // Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because
8794   // we want the methods from this container to override any methods
8795   // we've previously seen with the same selector.
8796   for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
8797     if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) {
8798       if (!ReturnType.isNull() &&
8799           !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType, M->getReturnType()))
8800         continue;
8801 
8802       KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] =
8803           KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass);
8804     }
8805   }
8806 }
8807 
8808 /// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code
8809 /// completion string.
8810 static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals,
8811                                     ASTContext &Context,
8812                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
8813                                     CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
8814   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8815   std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCDeclQuals, Type);
8816   if (!Quals.empty())
8817     Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Quals));
8818   Builder.AddTextChunk(
8819       GetCompletionTypeString(Type, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
8820   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8821 }
8822 
8823 /// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by
8824 /// the given name.
8825 static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) {
8826   if (!Class)
8827     return false;
8828 
8829   if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name)
8830     return true;
8831 
8832   return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class->getSuperClass(), Name);
8833 }
8834 
8835 /// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and
8836 /// Key-Value Observing (KVO).
8837 static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
8838                                        bool IsInstanceMethod,
8839                                        QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context,
8840                                        VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors,
8841                                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
8842   IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier();
8843   if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0)
8844     return;
8845 
8846   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());
8847 
8848   // Builder that will create each code completion.
8849   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8850   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
8851   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
8852 
8853   // The selector table.
8854   SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors;
8855 
8856   // The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region
8857   // on demand.
8858   struct KeyHolder {
8859     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
8860     StringRef Key;
8861     const char *CopiedKey;
8862 
8863     KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key)
8864         : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {}
8865 
8866     operator const char *() {
8867       if (CopiedKey)
8868         return CopiedKey;
8869 
8870       return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(Key);
8871     }
8872   } Key(Allocator, PropName->getName());
8873 
8874   // The uppercased name of the property name.
8875   std::string UpperKey = std::string(PropName->getName());
8876   if (!UpperKey.empty())
8877     UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(UpperKey[0]);
8878 
8879   bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty =
8880       ReturnType.isNull() ||
8881       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(),
8882                                      Property->getType());
8883   bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType();
8884 
8885   // Add the normal accessor -(type)key.
8886   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8887       KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)).second &&
8888       ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) {
8889     if (ReturnType.isNull())
8890       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
8891                               Builder);
8892 
8893     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Key);
8894     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8895                              CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8896   }
8897 
8898   // If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided
8899   // an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey.
8900   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8901       ((!ReturnType.isNull() &&
8902         (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) ||
8903        (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() ||
8904                                 Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) {
8905     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is") + UpperKey).str();
8906     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8907     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
8908             .second) {
8909       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8910         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8911         Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
8912         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8913       }
8914 
8915       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
8916       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8917                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8918     }
8919   }
8920 
8921   // Add the normal mutator.
8922   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid &&
8923       !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) {
8924     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set") + UpperKey).str();
8925     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8926     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
8927       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8928         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8929         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
8930         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8931       }
8932 
8933       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
8934           Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName() + ":"));
8935       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
8936                               Builder);
8937       Builder.AddTextChunk(Key);
8938       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8939                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8940     }
8941   }
8942 
8943   // Indexed and unordered accessors
8944   unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8945   unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8946   unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8947   unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8948   if (const auto *ObjCPointer =
8949           Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
8950     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) {
8951       // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known
8952       // collection, penalize the corresponding completions.
8953       if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableArray")) {
8954         IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8955         if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSArray"))
8956           IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8957       }
8958 
8959       if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableSet")) {
8960         UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8961         if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSSet"))
8962           UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8963       }
8964     }
8965   } else {
8966     IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8967     IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8968     UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8969     UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8970   }
8971 
8972   // Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key>
8973   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8974       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) {
8975     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf") + UpperKey).str();
8976     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8977     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
8978             .second) {
8979       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8980         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8981         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
8982         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8983       }
8984 
8985       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
8986       Results.AddResult(
8987           Result(Builder.TakeString(),
8988                  std::min(IndexedGetterPriority, UnorderedGetterPriority),
8989                  CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8990     }
8991   }
8992 
8993   // Indexed getters
8994   // Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
8995   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8996       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
8997     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
8998     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8999     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9000       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9001         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9002         Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
9003         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9004       }
9005 
9006       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9007       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9008       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
9009       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9010       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9011       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
9012                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9013     }
9014   }
9015 
9016   // Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
9017   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
9018       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
9019        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9020         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
9021         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
9022                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
9023                 ->getName() == "NSArray"))) {
9024     std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes").str();
9025     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9026     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9027       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9028         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9029         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
9030         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9031       }
9032 
9033       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9034       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9035       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9036       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9037       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9038       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
9039                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9040     }
9041   }
9042 
9043   // Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange
9044   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9045     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get") + UpperKey).str();
9046     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
9047                                       &Context.Idents.get("range")};
9048 
9049     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9050       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9051         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9052         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9053         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9054       }
9055 
9056       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9057       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9058       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9059       Builder.AddTextChunk(" **");
9060       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9061       Builder.AddTextChunk("buffer");
9062       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9063       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("range:");
9064       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9065       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSRange");
9066       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9067       Builder.AddTextChunk("inRange");
9068       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
9069                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9070     }
9071   }
9072 
9073   // Mutable indexed accessors
9074 
9075   // - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
9076   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9077     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
9078     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get("insertObject"),
9079                                       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)};
9080 
9081     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9082       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9083         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9084         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9085         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9086       }
9087 
9088       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("insertObject:");
9089       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9090       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9091       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9092       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9093       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9094       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9095       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9096       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9097       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
9098       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9099       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9100       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9101                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9102     }
9103   }
9104 
9105   // - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
9106   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9107     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert") + UpperKey).str();
9108     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
9109                                       &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes")};
9110 
9111     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9112       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9113         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9114         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9115         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9116       }
9117 
9118       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9119       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9120       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
9121       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9122       Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
9123       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9124       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("atIndexes:");
9125       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9126       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9127       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9128       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9129       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9130                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9131     }
9132   }
9133 
9134   // -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
9135   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9136     std::string SelectorName =
9137         (Twine("removeObjectFrom") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
9138     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9139     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9140       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9141         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9142         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9143         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9144       }
9145 
9146       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9147       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9148       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
9149       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9150       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9151       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9152                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9153     }
9154   }
9155 
9156   // -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
9157   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9158     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
9159     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9160     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9161       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9162         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9163         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9164         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9165       }
9166 
9167       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9168       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9169       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9170       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9171       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9172       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9173                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9174     }
9175   }
9176 
9177   // - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object
9178   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9179     std::string SelectorName =
9180         (Twine("replaceObjectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
9181     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
9182                                       &Context.Idents.get("withObject")};
9183 
9184     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9185       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9186         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9187         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9188         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9189       }
9190 
9191       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9192       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9193       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
9194       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9195       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9196       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9197       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("withObject:");
9198       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9199       Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
9200       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9201       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9202       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9203                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9204     }
9205   }
9206 
9207   // - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array
9208   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9209     std::string SelectorName1 =
9210         (Twine("replace") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
9211     std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with") + UpperKey).str();
9212     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName1),
9213                                       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)};
9214 
9215     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9216       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9217         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9218         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9219         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9220       }
9221 
9222       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName1 + ":"));
9223       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9224       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9225       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9226       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9227       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9228       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName2 + ":"));
9229       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9230       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
9231       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9232       Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
9233       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9234                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9235     }
9236   }
9237 
9238   // Unordered getters
9239   // - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey
9240   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
9241       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
9242        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9243         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
9244         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
9245                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
9246                 ->getName() == "NSEnumerator"))) {
9247     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf") + UpperKey).str();
9248     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9249     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9250             .second) {
9251       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9252         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9253         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *");
9254         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9255       }
9256 
9257       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9258       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
9259                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9260     }
9261   }
9262 
9263   // - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object
9264   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
9265       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
9266     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf") + UpperKey).str();
9267     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9268     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9269       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9270         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9271         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9272         Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9273         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9274       }
9275 
9276       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9277       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9278       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9279         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9280         Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9281       } else {
9282         Builder.AddTextChunk(GetCompletionTypeString(
9283             ReturnType, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
9284       }
9285       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9286       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9287       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
9288                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9289     }
9290   }
9291 
9292   // Mutable unordered accessors
9293   // - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object
9294   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9295     std::string SelectorName =
9296         (Twine("add") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
9297     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9298     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9299       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9300         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9301         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9302         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9303       }
9304 
9305       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9306       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9307       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9308       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9309       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9310       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9311       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9312                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9313     }
9314   }
9315 
9316   // - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects
9317   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9318     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add") + UpperKey).str();
9319     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9320     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9321       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9322         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9323         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9324         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9325       }
9326 
9327       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9328       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9329       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9330       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9331       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9332       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9333                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9334     }
9335   }
9336 
9337   // - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object
9338   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9339     std::string SelectorName =
9340         (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
9341     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9342     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9343       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9344         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9345         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9346         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9347       }
9348 
9349       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9350       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9351       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9352       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9353       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9354       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9355       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9356                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9357     }
9358   }
9359 
9360   // - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects
9361   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9362     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey).str();
9363     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9364     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9365       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9366         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9367         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9368         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9369       }
9370 
9371       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9372       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9373       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9374       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9375       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9376       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9377                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9378     }
9379   }
9380 
9381   // - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects
9382   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9383     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect") + UpperKey).str();
9384     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9385     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9386       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9387         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9388         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9389         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9390       }
9391 
9392       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9393       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9394       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9395       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9396       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9397       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9398                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9399     }
9400   }
9401 
9402   // Key-Value Observing
9403   // + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey
9404   if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
9405       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
9406        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9407         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
9408         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
9409                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
9410                 ->getName() == "NSSet"))) {
9411     std::string SelectorName =
9412         (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting") + UpperKey).str();
9413     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9414     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9415             .second) {
9416       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9417         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9418         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet<NSString *> *");
9419         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9420       }
9421 
9422       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9423       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
9424                                CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
9425     }
9426   }
9427 
9428   // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey
9429   if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
9430       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() ||
9431        ReturnType->isBooleanType())) {
9432     std::string SelectorName =
9433         (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf") + UpperKey).str();
9434     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9435     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9436             .second) {
9437       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9438         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9439         Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
9440         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9441       }
9442 
9443       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9444       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
9445                                CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
9446     }
9447   }
9448 }
9449 
9450 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
9451                                       std::optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
9452                                       ParsedType ReturnTy) {
9453   // Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if
9454   // provided.
9455   QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy);
9456   Decl *IDecl = nullptr;
9457   if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) {
9458     ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9459     IDecl = OCD;
9460   }
9461   // Determine where we should start searching for methods.
9462   ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr;
9463   bool IsInImplementation = false;
9464   if (Decl *D = IDecl) {
9465     if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
9466       SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface();
9467       IsInImplementation = true;
9468     } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl =
9469                    dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) {
9470       SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl();
9471       IsInImplementation = true;
9472     } else
9473       SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(D);
9474   }
9475 
9476   if (!SearchDecl && S) {
9477     if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity())
9478       SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC);
9479   }
9480 
9481   if (!SearchDecl) {
9482     HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
9483                               CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, nullptr, 0);
9484     return;
9485   }
9486 
9487   // Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here.
9488   KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods;
9489   FindImplementableMethods(Context, SearchDecl, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType,
9490                            KnownMethods);
9491 
9492   // Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods.
9493   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
9494   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9495                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9496                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
9497   Results.EnterNewScope();
9498   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
9499   for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
9500                                  MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
9501        M != MEnd; ++M) {
9502     ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer();
9503     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9504                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9505 
9506     // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet.
9507     if (!IsInstanceMethod) {
9508       Builder.AddTextChunk(Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+");
9509       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9510     }
9511 
9512     // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the
9513     // pattern as (type).
9514     if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9515       QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(Context);
9516       AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ResTy);
9517       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ResTy, Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context,
9518                               Policy, Builder);
9519     }
9520 
9521     Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();
9522 
9523     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
9524       // Unary selectors have no arguments.
9525       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9526           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
9527     } else {
9528       // Add all parameters to the pattern.
9529       unsigned I = 0;
9530       for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
9531                                           PEnd = Method->param_end();
9532            P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) {
9533         // Add the part of the selector name.
9534         if (I == 0)
9535           Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9536               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
9537         else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) {
9538           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9539           Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9540               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
9541         } else
9542           break;
9543 
9544         // Add the parameter type.
9545         QualType ParamType;
9546         if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
9547           ParamType = (*P)->getType();
9548         else
9549           ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType();
9550         ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
9551             Context, {}, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
9552         AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ParamType);
9553         AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ParamType, (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
9554                                 Context, Policy, Builder);
9555 
9556         if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier())
9557           Builder.AddTextChunk(
9558               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Id->getName()));
9559       }
9560     }
9561 
9562     if (Method->isVariadic()) {
9563       if (Method->param_size() > 0)
9564         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
9565       Builder.AddTextChunk("...");
9566     }
9567 
9568     if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
9569       // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement.
9570       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9571       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
9572       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
9573       if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9574         // If the result type is not void, add a return clause.
9575         Builder.AddTextChunk("return");
9576         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9577         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
9578         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
9579       } else
9580         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
9581 
9582       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
9583       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
9584     }
9585 
9586     unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern;
9587     auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority);
9588     if (!M->second.getInt())
9589       setInBaseClass(R);
9590     Results.AddResult(std::move(R));
9591   }
9592 
9593   // Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of
9594   // the properties in this class and its categories.
9595   if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
9596     SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers;
9597     Containers.push_back(SearchDecl);
9598 
9599     VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors;
9600     for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
9601                                    MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
9602          M != MEnd; ++M)
9603       KnownSelectors.insert(M->first);
9604 
9605     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl);
9606     if (!IFace)
9607       if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl))
9608         IFace = Category->getClassInterface();
9609 
9610     if (IFace)
9611       llvm::append_range(Containers, IFace->visible_categories());
9612 
9613     if (IsInstanceMethod) {
9614       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I)
9615         for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties())
9616           AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(P, *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context,
9617                                      KnownSelectors, Results);
9618     }
9619   }
9620 
9621   Results.ExitScope();
9622 
9623   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9624                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9625 }
9626 
9627 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(
9628     Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy,
9629     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
9630   // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
9631   // pool from the AST file.
9632   if (ExternalSource) {
9633     for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
9634          ++I) {
9635       Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
9636       if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
9637         continue;
9638 
9639       ReadMethodPool(Sel);
9640     }
9641   }
9642 
9643   // Build the set of methods we can see.
9644   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
9645   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9646                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9647                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
9648 
9649   if (ReturnTy)
9650     Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType());
9651 
9652   Results.EnterNewScope();
9653   for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
9654                                   MEnd = MethodPool.end();
9655        M != MEnd; ++M) {
9656     for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first
9657                                                      : &M->second.second;
9658          MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
9659       if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
9660         continue;
9661 
9662       if (AtParameterName) {
9663         // Suggest parameter names we've seen before.
9664         unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
9665         if (NumSelIdents &&
9666             NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) {
9667           ParmVarDecl *Param =
9668               MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1];
9669           if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
9670             CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9671                                           Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9672             Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
9673                 Param->getIdentifier()->getName()));
9674             Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9675           }
9676         }
9677 
9678         continue;
9679       }
9680 
9681       Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
9682                Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
9683       R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
9684       R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
9685       R.DeclaringEntity = true;
9686       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
9687     }
9688   }
9689 
9690   Results.ExitScope();
9691 
9692   if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() &&
9693       SelIdents.front()->getName().startswith("init")) {
9694     for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) {
9695       if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER")
9696         continue;
9697       Results.EnterNewScope();
9698       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9699                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9700       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9701           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M.first->getName()));
9702       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro,
9703                                              CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
9704       Results.ExitScope();
9705     }
9706   }
9707 
9708   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9709                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9710 }
9711 
9712 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) {
9713   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9714                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9715                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective);
9716   Results.EnterNewScope();
9717 
9718   // #if <condition>
9719   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9720                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9721   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
9722   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9723   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
9724   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9725 
9726   // #ifdef <macro>
9727   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifdef");
9728   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9729   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9730   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9731 
9732   // #ifndef <macro>
9733   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifndef");
9734   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9735   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9736   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9737 
9738   if (InConditional) {
9739     // #elif <condition>
9740     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elif");
9741     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9742     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
9743     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9744 
9745     // #elifdef <macro>
9746     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifdef");
9747     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9748     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9749     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9750 
9751     // #elifndef <macro>
9752     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifndef");
9753     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9754     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9755     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9756 
9757     // #else
9758     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
9759     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9760 
9761     // #endif
9762     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("endif");
9763     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9764   }
9765 
9766   // #include "header"
9767   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
9768   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9769   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9770   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9771   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9772   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9773 
9774   // #include <header>
9775   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
9776   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9777   Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9778   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9779   Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9780   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9781 
9782   // #define <macro>
9783   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
9784   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9785   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9786   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9787 
9788   // #define <macro>(<args>)
9789   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
9790   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9791   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9792   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9793   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("args");
9794   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9795   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9796 
9797   // #undef <macro>
9798   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("undef");
9799   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9800   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9801   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9802 
9803   // #line <number>
9804   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
9805   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9806   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
9807   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9808 
9809   // #line <number> "filename"
9810   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
9811   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9812   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
9813   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9814   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9815   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("filename");
9816   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9817   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9818 
9819   // #error <message>
9820   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("error");
9821   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9822   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
9823   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9824 
9825   // #pragma <arguments>
9826   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("pragma");
9827   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9828   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("arguments");
9829   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9830 
9831   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
9832     // #import "header"
9833     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
9834     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9835     Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9836     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9837     Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9838     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9839 
9840     // #import <header>
9841     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
9842     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9843     Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9844     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9845     Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9846     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9847   }
9848 
9849   // #include_next "header"
9850   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
9851   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9852   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9853   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9854   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9855   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9856 
9857   // #include_next <header>
9858   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
9859   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9860   Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9861   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9862   Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9863   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9864 
9865   // #warning <message>
9866   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("warning");
9867   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9868   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
9869   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9870 
9871   // Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide
9872   // completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension
9873   // that we don't want to encourage anyone to use.
9874 
9875   // FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them.
9876   Results.ExitScope();
9877 
9878   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9879                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9880 }
9881 
9882 void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) {
9883   CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction
9884                                                : Sema::PCC_Namespace);
9885 }
9886 
9887 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) {
9888   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9889                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9890                         IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName
9891                                      : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse);
9892   if (!IsDefinition && CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) {
9893     // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments.
9894     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9895                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9896     Results.EnterNewScope();
9897     for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(),
9898                                       MEnd = PP.macro_end();
9899          M != MEnd; ++M) {
9900       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9901           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M->first->getName()));
9902       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
9903           Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
9904     }
9905     Results.ExitScope();
9906   } else if (IsDefinition) {
9907     // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above?
9908   }
9909 
9910   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9911                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9912 }
9913 
9914 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() {
9915   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9916                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9917                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression);
9918 
9919   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
9920     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);
9921 
9922   // defined (<macro>)
9923   Results.EnterNewScope();
9924   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9925                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9926   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("defined");
9927   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9928   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9929   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9930   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9931   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9932   Results.ExitScope();
9933 
9934   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9935                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9936 }
9937 
9938 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
9939                                                  IdentifierInfo *Macro,
9940                                                  MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
9941                                                  unsigned Argument) {
9942   // FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we
9943   // do for function calls.
9944 
9945   // Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback
9946   // for the expanded tokens.
9947 }
9948 
9949 // This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba
9950 // We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path,
9951 // list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include.
9952 void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) {
9953   // RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows!
9954   // Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare.
9955   std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(Dir);
9956   // We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions.
9957   SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir);
9958   llvm::sys::path::native(NativeRelDir);
9959   llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS =
9960       getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem();
9961 
9962   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9963                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9964                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile);
9965   llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results.
9966 
9967   // Helper: adds one file or directory completion result.
9968   auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) {
9969     SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename;
9970     // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/
9971     TypedChunk.push_back(IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"');
9972     auto R = SeenResults.insert(TypedChunk);
9973     if (R.second) { // New completion
9974       const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(TypedChunk);
9975       *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef.
9976       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9977                                     CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9978       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(InternedTyped);
9979       // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque.
9980       // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking.
9981       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
9982     }
9983   };
9984 
9985   // Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each.
9986   auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir,
9987                                     bool IsSystem,
9988                                     DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) {
9989     llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir;
9990     if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) {
9991       if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) {
9992         // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to
9993         // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/.
9994         auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(NativeRelDir);
9995         auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(NativeRelDir);
9996 
9997         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, *Begin + ".framework", "Headers");
9998         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, ++Begin, End);
9999       } else {
10000         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, NativeRelDir);
10001       }
10002     }
10003 
10004     const StringRef &Dirname = llvm::sys::path::filename(Dir);
10005     const bool isQt = Dirname.startswith("Qt") || Dirname == "ActiveQt";
10006     const bool ExtensionlessHeaders =
10007         IsSystem || isQt || Dir.endswith(".framework/Headers");
10008     std::error_code EC;
10009     unsigned Count = 0;
10010     for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC);
10011          !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) {
10012       if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory,
10013         break;             // bail out early so we're not too slow.
10014       StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(It->path());
10015 
10016       // To know whether a symlink should be treated as file or a directory, we
10017       // have to stat it. This should be cheap enough as there shouldn't be many
10018       // symlinks.
10019       llvm::sys::fs::file_type Type = It->type();
10020       if (Type == llvm::sys::fs::file_type::symlink_file) {
10021         if (auto FileStatus = FS.status(It->path()))
10022           Type = FileStatus->getType();
10023       }
10024       switch (Type) {
10025       case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file:
10026         // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix,
10027         // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import.
10028         if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework &&
10029             NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(".framework"))
10030           break;
10031 
10032         AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true);
10033         break;
10034       case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file: {
10035         // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in special dirs).
10036         const bool IsHeader = Filename.endswith_insensitive(".h") ||
10037                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hh") ||
10038                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hpp") ||
10039                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hxx") ||
10040                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".inc") ||
10041                               (ExtensionlessHeaders && !Filename.contains('.'));
10042         if (!IsHeader)
10043           break;
10044         AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false);
10045         break;
10046       }
10047       default:
10048         break;
10049       }
10050     }
10051   };
10052 
10053   // Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible.
10054   auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir,
10055                                    bool IsSystem) {
10056     switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) {
10057     case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap:
10058       // header maps are not (currently) enumerable.
10059       break;
10060     case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir:
10061       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
10062                              DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
10063       break;
10064     case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework:
10065       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
10066                              DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework);
10067       break;
10068     }
10069   };
10070 
10071   // Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path.
10072   // Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file.
10073   // (In case we decide to add more details to the results later).
10074   const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
10075   using llvm::make_range;
10076   if (!Angled) {
10077     // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes.
10078     const FileEntry *CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry();
10079     if (CurFile && CurFile->getDir())
10080       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir()->getName(), false,
10081                              DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
10082     for (const auto &D : make_range(S.quoted_dir_begin(), S.quoted_dir_end()))
10083       AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
10084   }
10085   for (const auto &D : make_range(S.angled_dir_begin(), S.angled_dir_end()))
10086     AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
10087   for (const auto &D : make_range(S.system_dir_begin(), S.system_dir_end()))
10088     AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true);
10089 
10090   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
10091                             Results.data(), Results.size());
10092 }
10093 
10094 void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() {
10095   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
10096                             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, nullptr,
10097                             0);
10098 }
10099 
10100 void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() {
10101   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
10102                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
10103                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
10104   Results.EnterNewScope();
10105   static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS", "iOS", "watchOS", "tvOS"};
10106   for (const char *Platform : llvm::ArrayRef(Platforms)) {
10107     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform));
10108     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
10109         Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension")));
10110   }
10111   Results.ExitScope();
10112   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
10113                             Results.data(), Results.size());
10114 }
10115 
10116 void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(
10117     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
10118     SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) {
10119   ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo,
10120                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery);
10121   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
10122     CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder,
10123                                         Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
10124     LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName,
10125                        Consumer,
10126                        !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
10127   }
10128 
10129   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
10130     AddMacroResults(PP, Builder,
10131                     !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);
10132 
10133   Results.clear();
10134   Results.insert(Results.end(), Builder.data(),
10135                  Builder.data() + Builder.size());
10136 }
10137